US20090241054A1 - Electronic book with information manipulation features - Google Patents

Electronic book with information manipulation features Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20090241054A1
US20090241054A1 US12/478,107 US47810709A US2009241054A1 US 20090241054 A1 US20090241054 A1 US 20090241054A1 US 47810709 A US47810709 A US 47810709A US 2009241054 A1 US2009241054 A1 US 2009241054A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
viewer
subscriber
electronic book
text
data
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/478,107
Inventor
John S. Hendricks
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Adrea LLC
Original Assignee
Discovery Communications Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US08/160,281 external-priority patent/US5798785A/en
Priority claimed from US08/160,194 external-priority patent/US5990927A/en
Priority claimed from US08/336,247 external-priority patent/US5986690A/en
Priority claimed from US09/237,828 external-priority patent/US7401286B1/en
Priority claimed from US09/335,268 external-priority patent/US7861166B1/en
Application filed by Discovery Communications Inc filed Critical Discovery Communications Inc
Priority to US12/478,107 priority Critical patent/US20090241054A1/en
Publication of US20090241054A1 publication Critical patent/US20090241054A1/en
Assigned to Adrea, LLC reassignment Adrea, LLC CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: DISCOVERY PATENT HOLDINGS, LLC
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47End-user applications
    • H04N21/488Data services, e.g. news ticker
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/90Details of database functions independent of the retrieved data types
    • G06F16/95Retrieval from the web
    • G06F16/958Organisation or management of web site content, e.g. publishing, maintaining pages or automatic linking
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/23Processing of content or additional data; Elementary server operations; Server middleware
    • H04N21/235Processing of additional data, e.g. scrambling of additional data or processing content descriptors
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/25Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
    • H04N21/254Management at additional data server, e.g. shopping server, rights management server
    • H04N21/2543Billing, e.g. for subscription services
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/431Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering
    • H04N21/4312Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering involving specific graphical features, e.g. screen layout, special fonts or colors, blinking icons, highlights or animations
    • H04N21/4316Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering involving specific graphical features, e.g. screen layout, special fonts or colors, blinking icons, highlights or animations for displaying supplemental content in a region of the screen, e.g. an advertisement in a separate window
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/45Management operations performed by the client for facilitating the reception of or the interaction with the content or administrating data related to the end-user or to the client device itself, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies, resolving scheduling conflicts
    • H04N21/462Content or additional data management, e.g. creating a master electronic program guide from data received from the Internet and a Head-end, controlling the complexity of a video stream by scaling the resolution or bit-rate based on the client capabilities
    • H04N21/4622Retrieving content or additional data from different sources, e.g. from a broadcast channel and the Internet
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47End-user applications
    • H04N21/475End-user interface for inputting end-user data, e.g. personal identification number [PIN], preference data
    • H04N21/4751End-user interface for inputting end-user data, e.g. personal identification number [PIN], preference data for defining user accounts, e.g. accounts for children
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47End-user applications
    • H04N21/478Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application
    • H04N21/47805Electronic banking
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47End-user applications
    • H04N21/478Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application
    • H04N21/4782Web browsing, e.g. WebTV
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/80Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se
    • H04N21/81Monomedia components thereof
    • H04N21/8126Monomedia components thereof involving additional data, e.g. news, sports, stocks, weather forecasts
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N7/00Television systems
    • H04N7/16Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
    • H04N7/173Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems with two-way working, e.g. subscriber sending a programme selection signal
    • H04N7/17309Transmission or handling of upstream communications
    • H04N7/17318Direct or substantially direct transmission and handling of requests

Definitions

  • This invention is directed to an electronic book unit having one or more electronic books. More specifically, the invention relates to an apparatus and method for manipulating information such as text and graphics within electronic books.
  • An electronic book viewer incorporates advanced information manipulation features that enhance the functionality of the electronic book viewer.
  • information in an electronic book including text, mathematical formulas, data, graphics, and still and moving images may be selected for manipulation.
  • a processor in the viewer uses software modules to execute information manipulation commands.
  • Information may be highlighted by selecting a portion of the electronic book using a cursor or similar selection device, and then sending a command to the viewer's processor to initiate the highlighting process.
  • text shown on a page of the electronic book may be selected for highlighting. Highlighting may include changing font style, size, format (bold, italics or normal), or color, for example.
  • the terms information and images will be understood to refer to all manner of data, graphics, text, videos, formulas and any other information or images.
  • the viewer's processor may be used to cut and paste, or copy and paste images from one portion of the electronic book to another portion of the electronic book.
  • images or content from other electronic documents can be cut and pasted, or copied and pasted into the electronic book.
  • the viewer's processor also may use software modules to annotate portions of the electronic book, to display the annotated portions, and to move annotations within the electronic book.
  • the viewer may display multiple electronic books.
  • the viewer may display information or images from two electronic books in a side-by-side fashion.
  • the two electronic books also may be displayed in a picture-in-picture format.
  • the viewer is not limited to displaying only two electronic books, and may display three or more electronic books, using well-known image processing routines.
  • the viewer may use multiple screens to display an image from a single electronic book or to display images from multiple electronic books.
  • the multiple screens may be hinged and electronically connected to fold like pages in an actual book.
  • the multiple screens also may snap into place to form electrical connections.
  • a single image may be expanded to fit on all the multiple screens. For example, a map of the world may be expanded from a single screen format to a three screen format.
  • the multiple screens may also be used to display multiple pages of the electronic book.
  • the displayed multiple pages may be consecutive or non-consecutive pages within the electronic book.
  • the multiple screens also may be used to display multiple pages from more than one electronic book, or to display a page from an electronic book, and information from another electronic document or information source.
  • a first screen may display a page from the electronic book and a second page may display a digital television signal.
  • the second screen also may display images that are linked to the page displayed on the first screen.
  • information from other sources may be displayed in a picture-in-picture format on the viewer's screen.
  • a live television program may be displayed in a picture-in-picture window of the screen at the same time that the text of an electronic book is displayed.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram of the primary components of the electronic book selection and delivery system.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic showing an overview of the electronic book selection and delivery system.
  • FIG. 3 a is a schematic of the delivery plan for the electronic book selection and delivery system.
  • FIG. 3 b is a schematic of an alternate delivery plan.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of an operations center.
  • FIG. 5 a is a flow diagram of the processing at the operations center and uplink.
  • FIG. 5 b is a block diagram of the hardware configuration for an uplink site.
  • FIG. 6 a is a block diagram of the hardware configuration for a four component home subsystem.
  • FIG. 6 b is a schematic of a two unit home subsystem.
  • FIG. 7 is a flow diagram of the processes performed by the video connector.
  • FIG. 8 is a block diagram for an example of a library unit.
  • FIG. 9 is a flow diagram of some of the processes performed by the library on the received data stream.
  • FIG. 10 is a flow diagram of the processes performed by the library unit on information requests from the viewer.
  • FIG. 11 is a block diagram showing the components for an example of a viewer.
  • FIG. 12 is a flow diagram of some of the processes performed by the viewer on an information request from a subscriber.
  • FIG. 13 is a chart depicting the menu structure and sequencing of menus in the menu system.
  • FIG. 14 a is a schematic of an introductory menu.
  • FIG. 14 b is a schematic showing an example of a main menu.
  • FIGS. 14 c , 14 d , 14 e , 14 f , 14 g , 14 h , 14 i and 14 j are schematics showing examples of submenus.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an electronic book system for a bookstore or public library.
  • FIG. 16 a and FIG. 16 b are schematics of hardware modifications or upgrades to a set top converter.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic showing a set top terminal that includes a data receiver and data transmitter.
  • FIG. 18 a is a schematic of a book-on-demand system.
  • FIG. 18 b is a schematic of an operations center supporting a book-on-demand system.
  • FIG. 19 is a flow chart of a process for highlighting, cutting and pasting, copying and pasting, and annotating text in an electronic book.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic illustrating an example of highlighting text in an electronic book.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic illustrating an example of cutting and pasting, and copying and pasting, text in an electronic book or between electronic books.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic illustrating an example of annotating text in an electronic book.
  • FIG. 23 is a flow chart of a process for displaying multiple pages of an electronic book.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic illustrating an example of viewing multiple pages in an electronic book.
  • FIG. 25 is a flow chart of a process for displaying one or more pages of an electronic book on a viewer having multiple screens.
  • FIG. 26 a is a schematic illustrating a first viewer having multiple screens.
  • FIG. 26 b is a schematic illustrating a second viewer having multiple screens.
  • FIG. 26 c is a schematic illustrating presenting an image on a viewer having one screen.
  • FIG. 26 d is a schematic illustrating presenting an image on a viewer having two screens.
  • FIG. 26 e is a schematic illustrating presenting an image on a viewer having four screens.
  • FIG. 27 is a flow chart of a process for displaying picture-in-picture images of electronic books.
  • FIG. 28 a is a schematic illustrating use of an inset image within a main image for picture-in-picture viewing of electronic books.
  • FIG. 28 b is a schematic illustrating use of a side-by-side images for picture-in-picture viewing of electronic books.
  • FIG. 28 c is a schematic illustrating use of an inset image within a main image for picture-in-picture viewing of an electronic book and other information such as graphical images or video.
  • FIG. 28 d is a schematic illustrating use of a side-by-side images for picture-in-picture viewing of an electronic book and other information such as graphical images or video.
  • FIG. 29 a is a schematic diagram of an electronic book home system for receiving and displaying multiple signals in a picture-in-picture format.
  • FIG. 29 b shows the electronic book viewer displaying multiple images from separate information services.
  • An electronic book selection and delivery system provides a new way to distribute electronic books to bookstores, public libraries, schools, and subscribers or users.
  • subscribers and users will be understood to refer to an individual or individuals who interface with the electronic book or any part of the electronic book selection and delivery system.
  • the technological breakthroughs of this invention provide a secure system for both delivering selected electronic books and receiving payments.
  • the system has an unusual combination of features that provides the consumer with an electronic book unit that has a high tech aura while being very practical, portable, and easy to use.
  • the clear advantage of the system is that it eliminates the distribution of any physical object such as a paper book or computer memory device from any book or text distribution system.
  • the purchase of an electronic book may become a PAY-PER-READTM event avoiding the overhead, “middle-men,” printing costs, and time delay associated with the current book distribution system.
  • Published material and text such as the President's speech, a new law, a court decision on abortion, or O. J. Simpson's testimony can be made immediately available to the consumer at a nominal fee.
  • the system is a novel combination of new technology involving the television, cable, telephone, and computer industries. It uses high bandwidth data transmissions, strong security measures, sophisticated digital switching, high resolution visual displays, novel controls, and user friendly interface software.
  • the primary components of the text delivery system are the subsystem for placing the text onto a signal path and the subsystem for receiving and selecting text that was placed on the signal path.
  • a preferred embodiment of the system includes additional components and optional features that enhance the system.
  • the system may be configured for use by bookstores, public libraries, schools and consumers.
  • the system for consumer use is made up of four subsystems, namely: (1) an operations center, (2) a distribution system, (3) a home subsystem including reception, selection, viewing, transacting and transmission capabilities, and (4) a billing and collection system.
  • the operations center performs several primary functions: manipulating text data (including receiving, formatting and storing of text data), security encoding of text, cataloging of books, providing a messaging center capability, and performing uplink functions.
  • the system delivers the text from the operations center to consumer homes by inserting text data into an appropriate signal path.
  • the insertion of text is generally performed with an encoder at an uplink site that is within or near the operations center. If the signal path is a video signal path, the system can use several lines of the Vertical Blanking Interval (VBI), all the lines of the analog video signal, a digital video signal or unused portions of bandwidth to transmit text data.
  • VBI Vertical Blanking Interval
  • the top ten or twenty book titles may be transmitted with video during normal programming utilizing existing cable, satellite, wireless or broadcast transmission capability without disruption to the subscriber's video reception.
  • the entire video signal thousands of books may be transmitted within just one hour of air time.
  • Nearly any analog or digital video distribution system may be used to deliver the video signal with included text.
  • the text data may also be transmitted over other low and high speed signal paths including a telephone network (e.g., a public switched telephone network) having a high speed connection such as an asynchronous digital subscriber line (ADSL) connection.
  • a telephone network e.g., a public switched telephone network
  • ADSL asynchronous digital subscriber line
  • the home subsystem performs four primary functions: connecting to the video distribution system, selecting text, storing text, and transacting through a phone or cable communicating mechanism.
  • the components of the home subsystem may be configured in a variety of hardware configurations. Each function may be performed by a separate component, the components may be integrated, or the capability of existing cable set top converter boxes and televisions may be utilized.
  • a connector, library unit and an electronic book unit, or viewer unit are used.
  • the connector portion of the home subsystem receives the analog video signal and strips or extracts the text from the video.
  • the home library stores the text signal, provides a user friendly software interface to the system and processes the transactions at the consumer home.
  • the viewer provides a screen for viewing text or menus and novel user friendly controls.
  • the viewer may also incorporate all the functionality of the home subsystem.
  • the viewing device is preferably a portable book shaped viewer which stores one or more electronic books for viewing and provides a screen for interacting with the home library unit.
  • a high resolution LCD display is used to both read the books and to interact with the home library software.
  • An optional phone connector or return-path cable connection initiates the telephone calls and, with the aid of the library, transmits the necessary data to complete the ordering and billing portion of the consumer transaction.
  • the user friendly controls include a bookmark, current book and page turn button.
  • the billing and collection system performs transaction management, authorizations, collections and publisher payments automatically utilizing the telephone system. Alternative ordering and billing methods and systems are described in detail in copending applications U.S. application Ser. No. 09/289,957, filed on Apr.
  • the primary components of the electronic book selection and delivery system 200 are an encoder 204 , a video distribution system 208 , a connector 212 , and a text selector 216 as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the encoder 204 places textual data on a video signal to form a composite video signal. Although the composite signal may contain only textual data, it usually carries both video and textual data. A variety of equipment and methods may be used to encode text data onto a video signal.
  • the video distribution system 208 distributes the composite video signal from the single point of the encoder 204 to multiple locations which have connectors 212 .
  • the connector 212 receives the digital or analog video signal from the video distribution system 208 and separates, strips or extracts the text data from the composite video signal. If necessary, the extracted text data is converted into a digital bit stream.
  • Text selector 216 works in connection with the connector 212 to select text.
  • a connector 212 and text selector 216 combination various methods of selecting and retrieving desired text from a composite or video signal are possible. Text may be preselected, selected as received or selected after being received and stored. A preferred method is for the connector 212 to strip or extract all the text from the video signal and have the text selector 216 screen all the text as received from the connector 212 . The text selector 216 only stores text in long term or permanent memory if the text passes a screening process described below.
  • the delivery system 200 includes: an operations center 250 including an uplink site 254 , a video distribution system 208 , a home system 258 including a video connector 212 , a library 262 , a viewer 266 , and a phone connector 270 , telephone system 274 , an internet web site 279 and a billing and collection system 278 .
  • the home system 258 may include connections to a television 259 and a personal computer 261 .
  • the television 259 and the personal computer 261 may be used to display menu screens, electronic books, electronic files, or any other information associated with the delivery system 200 .
  • the television 259 and the personal computer 261 may provide control function that replicate and supplement those of the viewer 266 .
  • the operations center 250 receives textual material from outside sources 282 such as publishers, newspapers, and on-line services. Alternately, the outside sources may maintain electronic books at the Internet web site 279 .
  • the outside sources 282 may convert textual and graphical material to digital format, or may contract with another vendor to provide this service.
  • the operations center 250 may receive the textual and graphical material in various digital formats and may convert the textual material to a standard compressed format for storage. In so doing, the operations center 250 may create a pool of textual material that is available to be delivered to the home system 258 .
  • the textual material may be grouped by books or titles for easy access.
  • book means textual or graphical information such as contained in any novels, encyclopedias, articles, magazines or manuals.
  • title may represent the actual title assigned by an author to a book, or any other designation indicating a particular group, portion, or category of textual information.
  • the title may refer to a series of related textual information, a grouping of textual information, or a portion of textual data. For example, “Latest Harlequin Romance”, “Four Child Reading Books (Ages 10-12)”, “Encyclopedia ‘BRITANNICA’TM”, “President's Speech”, “Instruction Manual”, “Schedule of 4th of July Events”, “Pet Handbooks”, “Roe v.
  • a picture of a wrench may be a title for a repair book, a picture of a computer a title for a computer book, a graphical symbol of a telephone a title for a telephone book, a drawing of a dagger a title for a mystery book, a picture of a bat and ball a title for a sports book and a picture of tickertape a title for a business book.
  • electronic book refers to the electronic counterpart to a “book.”
  • the operations center 250 includes an uplink site 254 for placing the text onto a video signal and sending the composite video signal into a video distribution system.
  • the uplink site 254 would generally include an encoder 204 (not shown in FIG. 2 ) to encode the text onto a video signal.
  • Many analog and digital distribution systems 208 can be used with the delivery system 200 , such as a cable television distribution system, a broadcast television distribution system, video distributed over telephone systems, distribution from the Internet, direct satellite broadcast distribution systems, and other wired and wireless distribution systems.
  • the home system 258 performs five primary functions: (1) connecting with a video distribution system, (2) selecting data, (3) storing data, (4) displaying data, and (5) handling transactions.
  • An important optional function of the home sub-system 258 is communicating using a telephone communication system 274 .
  • the home system 258 is made up of primarily four parts: a video connector 212 or similar type of connector for connecting with the video distribution system 208 , a library unit 262 for storing and processing, an electronic book, or viewer unit, 266 for viewing menus and text and a telephone connector 270 for connecting with a telephone communications system 274 .
  • the viewer 266 may include all the functionality of the home system 258 .
  • the billing and collection system 278 may be co-located with the operations center 250 or located remote from the operations center 250 .
  • the billing and collection system 278 is in communication with the home system 258 via telephone-type communication systems (for example 274 ). Any of a number of telephone type communication systems, such as, a cellular system, will operate with the billing and collection system 278 .
  • the billing and collection system 278 records the electronic books or portions of text that are selected or ordered by the subscriber.
  • the collection system will charge a subscriber's credit account or bill the subscriber.
  • the billing and collection system 278 will monitor that amount due to publishers or other outside sources 282 who have provided textual data or other services such as air time to enable the text delivery system 200 to operate.
  • the billing and collecting functions may be incorporated into the Internet web site 279 .
  • a subscriber may pay for an electronic book selection by entering a credit card number into a data field of a page of the Internet web site 279 .
  • a separate billing and collection system may not be required.
  • FIG. 3 a is an expanded overview of a delivery plan 301 for the delivery system 200 .
  • the delivery plan 301 supports various types of subscribers and various billing systems.
  • FIG. 3 a shows that publishers 282 will provide text transfer 302 to the operations center 250 ′ and receive payments 306 from the billing and collection system 278 ′.
  • a separate channel uplink site 254 ′ is shown in this configuration receiving data 310 from the operations center 250 ′.
  • the operations center 250 ′ has three separate sections ( 318 , 322 , 326 ) one for text receiving, formatting and re-entry 318 , a second for security encoding 322 and a third section for catalog and messaging center functions 326 .
  • the billing and collection system 278 ′ shown has two sections ( 330 , 334 ) one for transaction management, authorizations and publisher payments 330 , and the other for customer service 334 .
  • the customer service section 334 provides for data entry and access to customer account information.
  • Transaction accounting information 338 is supplied to credit card companies 342 by the transaction management section 330 of the billing and collection system 278 ′.
  • the credit card companies 342 provide billing 346 to customers either electronically or by mail.
  • Three methods for communicating between the subscriber base 348 and the billing and collection system 278 ′ are shown: by telephone switching 350 alone, cellular switching 354 and telephone switching 350 combined, and by use of the cable system 358 and the telephone switching 350 .
  • the system shown supports both one-way 362 and two-way cable communication 366 with subscribers. Public libraries and schools 370 as well as bookstores 374 may use the delivery system 301 .
  • Public libraries and schools 370 would have a modified system to allow the viewer 266 to be checked-out or borrowed while bookstores 374 would rent or sell the viewer 266 and sell the electronic books.
  • the bookstores 374 as well as the public libraries and schools 370 may be serviced by cable 378 .
  • Optional direct broadcast systems (DBS) 382 can also be used with the delivery system 200 .
  • the DBS 382 may provide the electronic books using digital satellite technology, with the electronic books being received via a backyard satellite antenna, for example.
  • FIG. 3 b is an alternate delivery plan 301 ′ that provides for electronic book selection and delivery using the Internet.
  • the publishers 282 provide the electronic books to be posted at the Internet web site 279 .
  • the publishers may convert the text and graphical data to digital format, compress the digital data, and upload the compressed digital data to the Internet web site 279 .
  • the publishers 282 may arrange for an outside conversion activity 283 to convert the text and graphical data to digital format.
  • the conversion activity 283 may then provide the digital data to the Internet web site 279 .
  • a large on-line bookstore could gather publications in electronic form from a variety of publishers, or could convert hard-copy books to electronic form, and post the electronic books on the Internet such as at the Internet web site 279 .
  • the electronic books may then be transferred via a public switched telephone network (PSTN), for example, direct to a subscriber 285 , a library 286 and a bookstore 287 .
  • PSTN public switched telephone network
  • the library 286 and the bookstore 287 may also provide electronic books to the subscriber 285 .
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic of an operations center 250 which includes an uplink 254 .
  • the operations center 250 gathers text or books by receiving, formatting, storing, and encoding.
  • a data stream 302 containing text is received at the operations center 250 by a data receiver 402 .
  • the data receiver 402 is under the control of a processor 404 .
  • the data stream is formatted using digital logic for formatting 406 which is also under the control of the processor 404 .
  • the text generation is handled through text generator hardware 410 which may include a data receiver and a keyboard (not shown).
  • the additional text can be added to the text received by the combining hardware 414 that includes digital logic circuitry (not shown).
  • the processing at the operations center 250 is controlled by a processor 404 which uses an instruction memory 416 .
  • the processor 404 and instruction memory 416 may be supplied by a personal computer or mini-computer.
  • the operations center 250 uses a catalog and message memory 420 and the text generator 410 if necessary.
  • the data stream of text, catalog and messages is preferably encoded by security module encoding 424 prior to being sent to the uplink module 254 .
  • Various encoding techniques may be used by the security encoding module 424 such as the commercial derivative of NSA's encryption algorithm (Data Encryption System (DES)) and General Instrument's DigiCipher II.
  • DES Data Encryption System
  • the encoded text may be stored in text memory 428 prior to being sent to the uplink 254 .
  • a first-in-first-out text memory arrangement may be used under the control of the processor 404 .
  • Various types of memory may be used for the text memory 428 including RAM.
  • the operations center 250 may use file server technology for the text memory 428 to catalog and spool electronic books for transmission as is described below.
  • the delivery system 208 uses high bandwidth transmission techniques such as those defined by the North American Broadcast Teletext Standard (NABTS) and the World System Teletext (WST) standard.
  • WST World System Teletext
  • a four hundred page book may be transmitted during programming using four lines of the Vertical Blanking Interval at a rate of approximately one book every 1.6 minutes (63,840 bits per second).
  • electronic books may be transmitted over a dedicated channel, which interrupts programming so that 246 lines of video can be used to transmit approximately 2,250 books every hour (3.9 Mbits per second).
  • a teletext type format is the simplest but possibly the slowest text format to use with the delivery system 200 .
  • an encoder 204 is utilized at an uplink site 254 to insert textual data into the analog video signal.
  • the delivery of the textual information is completed using existing cable television plant and equipment.
  • FIG. 5 a is a flowchart of the steps involved in processing text from the publisher or provider 282 that occurs at the operations center 250 .
  • the publisher 282 processes data files of text for books, compresses, encrypts and sends the data files to the operations center 250 or uplink 254 .
  • Text files for books are preferably sent one book at a time.
  • the uplink 254 or operations center 250 receives and processes the data stream from the publisher 282 .
  • part of this processing includes encryption and error correction.
  • Block 508 files are broken into smaller packets of information. Header information is added to the packets.
  • the bit stream is converted from a serial digital bit stream to an analog bit stream that is compatible with an NTSC video signal.
  • Block 512 shows the switching of analog data into the video lines of a video signal.
  • the analog data is generally placed either in the VBI or the active video lines. In some instances, it may be preferable to utilize unused portions of bandwidth (such as 5-40 MHZ, 70-75 MHZ, 100-109 MHZ or other guard bands) instead of the video lines.
  • FIG. 5 b is an example of a hardware configuration to perform some of the functions for blocks 508 and 512 .
  • a video feed 516 is received and processed through a sync stripper 520 .
  • the stripped sync signal 532 is used by the digital logic control 524 .
  • the digital logic control 524 receives the sync signal 532 and a serial digital bit stream 528 for processing.
  • the digital logic control 524 passes the serial digital bit stream to the Digital to Analog converter 536 and outputs a control signal 540 for the video switch 544 .
  • the video switch 544 integrates the video feed 516 and analog data stream 548 into a video feed with analog data signal inserted 552 .
  • the public telephone system may be used to transmit books to the subscribers.
  • An average electronic book would take about 7 minutes to transmit over the public telephone system.
  • Using the telephone system it is not necessary to combine video and text into a composite signal. In most other respects, the operation center would remain similar whether text delivery was by telephone or cable.
  • File server technology such as that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,262,875, entitled AUDIO/VIDEO FILE SERVER INCLUDING DECOMPRESSION/PLAYBACK MEANS, issued to Mincer, et al., and, U.S. Pat. No.
  • the public telephone system may be used to provide access to the Internet, where the Internet web site 279 may be accessed.
  • Electronic books may be ordered, paid for, and delivered directly from the Internet web site 279 over the telephone system.
  • ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network
  • ADSL Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
  • FIG. 6 a The hardware configuration for a four component home system 258 is shown in FIG. 6 a .
  • FIG. 6 b shows a hardware configuration for a two component home system.
  • the hardware components may also be incorporated into a single unit that communicates with a terminal in a television delivery system or with a telephone system by use of a modem, for example.
  • the home system 258 performs several functions, such as receiving data and video transmissions, stripping (or extracting) the data from the video signal, screening and storing the data, providing user friendly interface controls and software, displaying menus and text, processing transactions, initiating telephone calls and transmitting billing data.
  • Various hardware configurations may be utilized to achieve the desired functions of the home system 258 . For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the home system 258 can be configured to utilize the reception and channel tuning capability of the current installed subscriber base of cable converter boxes and televisions 601 .
  • the home system 258 can also be designed as an advanced set top terminal converter box with menu generation capability, electronic memory and a telephone modem as described in section V below.
  • the electronic components which make up the home system 258 can be arranged in a variety of ways.
  • the viewer 266 and library unit 262 are wired together while the remaining components communicate through RF transceivers 604 .
  • the library unit 262 In a simple version of the home system 258 there are only two units, the library unit 262 and a viewer 266 .
  • FIG. 6 b shows a two unit home system 258 with certain optional features.
  • all the functionality of the home system 258 may be incorporated into one electronic book unit, or viewer.
  • the viewer 266 is generally equipped with a high resolution viewing area 602 , digital logic (including a key 605 , security 606 , and a microprocessor 621 ), video graphics control and memory 607 , power supply circuitry 602 (not shown), an optional battery 603 and an optional RF transceiver 604 .
  • the library unit 262 contains the connector function to the video distribution system 208 , connector function to a public telephone communications system, and memory 600 (which may be removable and portable 600 ′).
  • the library unit 262 would include data stripping functions 617 , digital logic 609 , memory storage 600 , power circuitry 610 , optional telephone connections 611 (including cellular or PCN 611 ′), optional battery (not shown), optional tuner module 613 and an optional RF transceiver 604 .
  • the video connector 212 and the public telephone system connection 270 , as well as the removable portable memory unit 600 of the library unit 262 may be broken out into separate components.
  • FIG. 6 b shows a removable portable hard disk memory 600 ′ with removable cartridges 614 .
  • the home system 258 may include an attached keyboard 267 or a wireless keyboard 268 . Both the attached keyboard 267 and the wireless keyboard 268 may be used to communicate with the viewer 266 (not shown) or the library unit 262 .
  • the wireless keyboard 268 may communicate via radio frequency (RF) signaling, for example. Therefore, the home system 258 may have as many as six separate components which communicate with each other. The two, three, four, five or six separate components which make up the home system 258 can communicate with each other in a variety of ways, including hardwired connection 615 , RF transceiver 604 , and other wireless methods.
  • RF radio frequency
  • RF communications are preferred in the home because they allow separate components to be located throughout the home without restriction.
  • the data communicated between the units is preferably secure data.
  • the library unit 262 may provide power to the viewer 266 through the hardwired connection 615 .
  • a single unit may perform all of the home system 258 functions.
  • the single unit should use light-weight materials, including a light-weight battery.
  • a single unit eliminates the need to communicate (externally) between units. The single unit is less expensive and eliminates duplicative processing, memory storage and power circuitry.
  • a cable interface device or cable connector 212 is used to receive and strip the data from the video signal at the consumer's home.
  • the cable connector device includes a tuner 613 , while the cable interface device makes use of existing tuning equipment in the home.
  • data is stripped from the video signal and stored at the subscriber's location in the library unit 262 .
  • the phone connector 270 , and modem 611 initiate telephone calls and transmit ordering and billing information to the operations center 250 or billing and collection system 278 .
  • the phone connector 270 and the modem 611 may be used to provide access to the Internet to order and receive electronic books from an Internet web site.
  • a digital connector 619 is provided to communicate digital information with the set top 601 .
  • the library unit 262 is the intelligent component of the home system, incorporating the hardware and software necessary to store the text data, generate menus and effect the purchase transactions.
  • the library unit 262 also includes the necessary jacks and connections to allow the delivery system 200 to be connected to the viewer 266 .
  • the library 262 communicates the text data (electronic book) to the viewer 266 in a secure format which requires a key 605 for decryption.
  • the text is generally only decrypted page by page just before viewing.
  • FIG. 7 shows the flow of the processes performed by the video connector 212 .
  • the video connector receives the video signal 608 , tunes to the channel containing the text data 612 , strips the text data from the video signal 616 , and communicates the text data stream to logic components in the library 620 .
  • the connection to the video distribution system is preferably a cable connector to a cable television delivery system, as shown in FIG. 6 b .
  • the cable connector includes a data stripper circuit 617 , which accepts video input from either a set top converter, TV or VCR 601 , or an optional tuner block 613 that receives the CATV signal through the cable connector 212 ′.
  • the data stripper circuit 617 strips data out of the video, and outputs a digital bit stream to the digital logic portion 609 of the library unit 262 .
  • the data is embedded in the video signal either in the vertical blanking interval or the active video portion in an encrypted and compressed format.
  • the data stripper circuit 617 can be placed inside the set top converter box 601 , TV, or in the library unit.
  • the data stripper circuit 617 outputs the digital bit stream to be used by the library digital logic 609 .
  • the video connector 212 may also contain a channel tuner module 613 that can tune to the video channel and provide access to the video that contains the data to be stripped.
  • a channel tuner module 613 that can tune to the video channel and provide access to the video that contains the data to be stripped.
  • a set top converter, VCR, or TV tuner is not needed in the home system.
  • the optional tuner module 613 would instead receive the CATV signal directly through the cable connector 212 .
  • FIG. 6 b An embodiment of the library unit 262 for a two unit home system 258 is shown in both FIG. 6 b and FIG. 8 .
  • the embodiment shown includes the following optional parts: the video connector 212 , phone connector 270 , RF transceiver 604 , and battery pack 624 in addition to a removal portable memory 600 ′, microprocessor 628 , instruction memory unit 632 , digital logic 636 , and power unit 640 .
  • the library unit 262 contains a digital logic section 609 (not shown in FIG. 8 ) which includes the microprocessor 628 , the digital logic 636 and the instruction memory unit 632 .
  • the microprocessor 628 is preferably a secure microprocessor such as the Mot SC21 device sold by Motorola.
  • the digital logic section 609 will receive the serial digital bit stream from the data stripper circuit 617 and process the data. Error correction will also be performed by the digital logic section 609 and the data will be checked for proper address. If the address of the data is correct and the library unit 262 is authorized to receive the data, the data will be transferred to the memory storage unit 600 , 600 ′. Authorization to receive the data is provided by the cable headend or another distribution point. An authorization code may be sent in the serial digital bit stream.
  • the digital logic section 609 will send appropriate text and graphical data to the memory storage unit 600 , 600 ′. It transfers this data in a compressed and encrypted format and the data remains stored in a compressed and encrypted format.
  • the memory storage unit of the library may be a removable portable memory unit 600 ′ (as shown in FIGS. 6 a , 6 b and 8 ).
  • a variety of options are available for memory storage: a hard disk drive, a hard disk with removable platters, and a CD ROM, or a MEMORY STICKTM.
  • a hard disk drive unit 600 ′ which contains removable platters may also be used. This would provide virtually unlimited library storage capacity.
  • Data i.e., electronic book files
  • the data may also contain a key or unique ID number that matches the ID or key of the viewer 266 . This matching of a unique key or ID number prevents unauthorized transfer of text data from the memory storage unit to an unauthorized viewer.
  • Small memory devices such as smart cards, electronic memory cards or PCMCIA cards (personal computer memory card industry association) may also be used to store the data.
  • the library unit 262 may accept power from either AC wall power 610 , DC power 640 , or optional battery power 624 .
  • the power circuitry 610 , 640 may provide all the voltage necessary from either the battery 624 or AC unit for the various circuitry in the library.
  • the power circuitry 610 , 640 may also provide power to the viewer 266 through a single data cable when connected to the viewer.
  • the power circuitry 610 , 640 will recharge the battery using AC power when in operation.
  • the library unit 262 With the optional battery unit 624 installed, the library unit 262 becomes a portable unit and can still provide power to the viewer 266 .
  • power conservation measures may be utilized, such as shutting down the memory system when not in use. When the viewer 266 is being utilized and the library circuitry is not being utilized, virtually all power may be shut down to the library unit 262 .
  • the connection to the telephone system may be provided by a modem 611 .
  • Various available modems may be used to perform this function.
  • cellular phone or PCN phone connections 611 ′ may also be provided.
  • the modem may be used to transfer the name and credit card information of the consumer to the billing and collection system 278 .
  • the telephone connection 270 may be utilized each time an electronic book is purchased by a consumer to complete and record the transaction.
  • the telephone connection 270 may also be used as a means for receiving the electronic books from the operations center 250 or from an Internet web site, by-passing the video distribution system 208 .
  • the phone connection 270 may be a separate unit as shown in FIG. 6 b.
  • FIG. 9 shows an example of some basic processing performed by the library unit 262 on the data stream 651 received from the video connector 212 or stripper circuit 617 .
  • First the data stream 651 is checked for error correction by block 650 . If an error is detected, block 654 de-interleaves the data followed by block 658 running a FEC (Forward Error Correcting) algorithm. The combination of block 650 , 654 and 658 perform the error correction needed on the data stream. If no error correction is necessary the data proceeds to block 662 where packets are individually checked for packet address.
  • FEC Forward Error Correcting
  • block 666 checks whether the address of the packet matches the library box ID number.
  • the library box ID number is a unique number associated with that library unit 262 which is used to ensure security of the data.
  • Block 670 determines whether an electronic file has already been opened into which the data packet can be saved. If no data file has been opened then block 674 opens a new data file for that packet. If an electronic file has been opened, then the packet is saved in that electronic file on disk, block 678 . Next, the process checks to see if this is the last packet for a particular book for a particular textual data block being received 682 . If it is the last packet of information, then the electronic file is closed and the directory of available electronic files is updated 686 . Following either block 682 or 686 , the process returns to receive another data packet from the data stream received from the data stripper block.
  • the process determines the type of message that is being sent 690 .
  • the message may be an index of book titles, menu (and menu graphics) information, announcements, special offerings, discounts, promotions, previews etc.
  • the message is then stored in appropriate electronic message file 694 and the process is returned to block 650 to receive another data packet and perform another error check.
  • the library unit 262 is able to receive, store and update directories related to the textual data and graphical data (that can be used to depict pictures in a given book or to generate menus). Variations of the processes are possible depending on the format of the data and operating system of the library unit 262 .
  • FIG. 10 shows an example of the processing of information requests from the viewer 266 at the library unit 262 .
  • Information requests from the viewer 266 are received either through the cable connecting the viewer 266 to the library unit 262 or through wireless transmissions such as RF. It is possible in some embodiments for subscribers' requests to come from a set top terminal 602 (see Section V).
  • Information requests received from the viewer 266 generally fall into three categories: (1) directory data of electronic books stored in the library unit 262 , (2) index of all available electronic books on the system, and (3) requests for a specific electronic book (Block 700 ).
  • a get directory process 704 answers a request from the viewer 266 for a directory of data showing the electronic books stored at the viewer 266 .
  • the directory of data is sent to the viewer 266 so that it may be displayed to the subscriber.
  • a get index process 708 handles requests from the viewer 266 for an index of all available electronic books on the home system 258 .
  • the library unit 262 will obtain an index of all the available books on the system and transmit that index, process 712 , with menu information to the viewer 266 .
  • An open file process 716 replies to a request from the viewer 266 for a specific electronic book.
  • the library unit 262 opens an electronic file for the specific electronic book requested by the viewer 266 and transmits the record or transmits the information 720 on a packet-by-packet basis to the viewer 266 . This process of transmitting the specific electronic book, record, or packets to the viewer 266 continues until the last record or packet has been sent, 724 .
  • the library unit 262 In addition to the processes shown on FIG. 10 in handling a request for a specific electronic book, the library unit 262 also orders and receives specific electronic books from the operations center 250 using the process as described in the open file process 716 . Following a request for a specific electronic book which is not stored at the library unit 262 , the library unit 262 will proceed to determine the next available time the electronic book will be on the video distribution system 208 and ensure reception and storage of that electronic book (process not shown). In performing this process the library unit 262 will transmit to the viewer 266 information on when it will obtain the text data for the electronic book so that the subscriber may view the electronic book. In addition to timing information, price and other ordering information may also be passed by the library unit 262 to the subscriber.
  • a high resolution LCD screen 602 preferably of VGA quality, is used by the viewer 266 to display text and graphic images.
  • the screen is preferably the size of one page of a book.
  • a two page screen or two screens may also be used with the viewer 266 .
  • Digital circuitry that includes a secure microprocessor 621 , instruction memory 732 , and digital logic. Data is transferred to the viewer 266 in compressed and encrypted format.
  • the secure microprocessor 621 compares the ID number of the viewer 266 with the incoming data stream and only stores the text data if the ID number of the viewer 266 matches that within the incoming data stream. It is preferred that the viewer 266 not output text data or other data and that the data is decompressed and decrypted only at the moment of viewing and only for the current page being viewed. These measures are preferred because they provide additional security against unauthorized access to data.
  • the viewer 266 of FIG. 11 has touch panel controls 740 .
  • These unique and novel controls 740 allow the consumer to select stored electronic books and electronic books from catalogues, move a cursor, and turn pages in a book.
  • preferred controls 740 include forward and reverse page buttons 742 , 741 , a ball (or trackball) 743 for cursor movement, one or more selection buttons 745 , a current book button 747 and a bookmark button 749 (see FIG. 14 a ).
  • the controls 740 should be easy to use and conveniently located. Referring to FIG. 14 a , the controls for the viewer 266 may be located below the screen 602 at the bottom portion of the viewer 266 .
  • the next page turn button 742 is the most used button 740 and may be located towards the right edge of the page.
  • the subscriber is likely to use right hand thumb movements to work the controls particularly the page turn buttons 741 , 742 . Therefore, it is preferred that the buttons be arranged in such a manner that the buttons are easily controlled by a subscriber's right thumb. Generally, this can be accommodated either on the lower portion of the viewer 266 (as shown) or along the right hand margin of the viewer 266 (not shown).
  • the current book button 747 and bookmark button 749 are usually the least used of the controls 740 . Therefore, in the example shown those buttons 747 , 749 are located on the inside portion towards the binder of the viewer 266 .
  • Locating the ball 743 or other cursor movement device (such as four pointer arrows—not shown) in the bottom center of the viewer 266 is both easier for the subscriber to use and easier in manufacturing the viewer 266 .
  • the selection buttons for the cursor 745 are preferably located below the middle diameter of the cursor ball 743 on the right and left sides of the ball as shown. If pointer arrows are used for cursor movement, a selection button 745 may be located in the center of the four arrow buttons (not shown). Again, the most used controls should be located where a subscriber's right hand thumb would normally rest.
  • Book memory 728 for at least one electronic book or more of text is included in the viewer 266 .
  • the memory 728 stores text and any graphics which represent pictures in a book.
  • the memory 728 can also store menu graphics data.
  • Two different memory 728 devices may be used in the viewer 266 , one for the instructions for the microprocessor 621 in the digital circuitry and a second type of memory may be used for the book memory 728 (and graphics).
  • Various memory devices available on the market may be used such as, ROM, RAM or a small hard disk. Since an electronic book requires approximately 0.6 megabytes of storage, a small hard disk providing approximately 60 MBytes of storage provides memory to store approximately 100 electronic books. The large hard disk drives currently available allow for storage of thousands of electronic books.
  • Text for books may be displayed in various font sizes.
  • a variety of fonts are stored in instruction 732 or book memory 728 .
  • larger or smaller fonts may be recalled from memory 621 , 728 to create displays desired by the subscriber.
  • Power supply circuitry 736 in the viewer 266 will accept power from either an AC power source or from an optional battery 603 ′, or the library unit 262 .
  • the power supply circuitry 736 provides the necessary voltages to accommodate the various systems within the viewer 266 .
  • An optional battery 603 ′ is provided in a preferred embodiment.
  • the battery 603 ′ is automatically recharged when AC power is available.
  • An optional RF transceiver 604 which provided two-way data link between the viewer 266 and other components of the home system can also be included in the viewer 266 .
  • the viewer 266 may include a cellular transceiver for mobile communications.
  • the optional wired (attached) keyboard 267 and wireless (e.g., RF) keyboard 268 may be used with the viewer 266 to provide communications between the subscriber and the viewer 266 .
  • the speaker and microphone 608 ′ allow the viewer 266 to provide audio signals to the subscriber, and allow the subscriber to provide an audio input.
  • the speaker and microphone 608 ′ may be used in conjunction with the cellular transceiver 608 or other telecommunications equipment to provide for reception and transmission of telephony and data.
  • the viewer 266 of FIG. 11 has parts available for providing connections to: a library 744 , electronic card memory 748 , CD ROM units 752 , and a portable memory unit 756 (such as that shown in FIG. 6 b 600 ′).
  • Various electronic memory cards such as PCMCIA can be used with this viewer 266 .
  • the viewer 266 should be lightweight and portable.
  • the viewer 266 contains a software operating system that allows electronic books to be stored, read and erased and includes the capability to order electronic books and retain them in memory 728 for a predefined period of time determined by the system operator.
  • the software can be configured to allow the electronic book to be read during a period of time (i.e., two weeks) and then automatically erased, read once and erased, or held in memory permanently.
  • Each viewer 266 has a unique key 605 . All of the data storage is encrypted with the key 605 for an individual viewer 266 to prevent more than one viewer 266 accessing the text file or electronic book file.
  • FIG. 12 is a flow diagram of some of the processes executed by the viewer 266 .
  • the viewer 266 receives inputs from the subscriber through touch panel controls 740 . Alternately, the viewer 266 receives inputs from a touchscreen display, the attached keyboard 267 , or the remote keyboard 268 .
  • the subscriber's information requests are then processed through an information request process 800 by the viewer 266 .
  • a select available book process 804 will select a book menu.
  • An open file process 808 will open the electronic files which list the electronic books that are available (related to the category of topic of the menu) and display the menu with the names of the available electronic books.
  • a select a book process 812 will process the selection and determine the electronic file that contains the specific electronic book.
  • An open file process 816 will open the file for that specific book and normally access the first page. (If a pointer has already been set in that electronic book's file, the process may default to that page.)
  • a decision process 820 will then determine which page needs to be displayed. The decision process 820 will determine whether a next page, previous page or a book marked page needs to be displayed. If the pointer for the electronic file is not in the correct location then a get previous page process 828 will move the pointer and obtain the previous page of data from the stored file.
  • a decrypt and decompress process 832 will decrypt and decompress the text data and send the data to the video display.
  • the video display will generally have a video display memory associated with it and the decrypt and decompress process 832 will send the data directly to that video display memory.
  • the circuitry for the display then completes the process of displaying the page of text.
  • a save pointer process 840 saves the pointer in memory to the page number in the book that the viewer 266 is currently reading.
  • a close files process 844 closes all the electronic files and signals the power circuitry to shut down the power to the various circuits in the viewer 266 .
  • the subscriber may also use the controls 740 to access other electronic files using electronic links embedded in a particular electronic file. An electronic link system will be described later in detail.
  • the menu system 851 allows sequencing between menus and provides menu graphics for graphical displays such as on the LCD display 602 of the viewer 266 . In a system which uses a set top converter these menus may also be displayed on a television screen. In the simplest embodiment, the menus provide basic text information from which the subscriber makes choices. In more sophisticated embodiments, the menus provide visual displays with graphics and icons to assist the subscriber.
  • FIG. 13 depicts a menu system 851 with sequencing.
  • the primary menus in the system are an introductory menu 850 , a main menu 854 and various submenus 858 .
  • one or two submenus 858 is sufficient to easily direct the subscriber to the selection or information requested.
  • three or more submenus 858 make the user interface more friendly for the subscriber.
  • Each level of submenus 858 may consist of multiple possible menus for display. The particular menu displayed depends on the selection by the subscriber on the previous shown menu. An example of this tree sequence of one to many menus are the help submenus 887 , 888 . Depending upon the specific help requested, a different level two help menu is displayed to the subscriber.
  • FIG. 14 a An example of an introductory menu 850 is shown on FIG. 14 a .
  • the introductory menu 850 introduces the viewer 266 to the system and provides initial guidance, announcements and instruction.
  • the introductory menu 850 is followed by a main menu 854 , an example of which is shown in FIG. 14 b .
  • the main menu provides the viewer 266 with the basic selection or features available in the system.
  • FIG. 14 b is an example of a main menu 854 offering many additional features and submenus 858 to the subscriber. For example, FIG.
  • 14 b shows that the viewer 266 is able to choose by a point and click method, many options including: (1) free previews, (2) books you can order, (3) books in your library, (4) your current book, (5) help, (6) on-line services and (6) other system features. Following a selection on the main menu 854 , a corresponding submenu 858 is shown.
  • FIG. 13 shows thirteen available primary or first level submenus. They are (1) account set up 862 , (2) free previews 866 , (3) book suggestion entries 855 , (4) books in your library 872 , (5) books you can order 878 , (6) your current book 884 , (7) help 887 , (8) available features 890 , (9) messages 893 , (10) account information 896 , (11) outgoing message submenu 898 , (12) show links 970 , and (13) create links 980 .
  • FIG. 14 c is an example of a first level submenu for electronic books in your library 872 .
  • This “Book In Your Library” example submenu 872 shows six available electronic books by title and author and provides the subscriber with the ability to check a different shelf of books 874 or return to the main menu 854 .
  • FIGS. 14 d and 14 e show example submenus 858 for electronic books that may be ordered using the “Books You Can Order” submenu 878 .
  • FIG. 14 f is an example of an order selection and confirmation menu 880 ′, which provides a “soft keyboard” 975 for the subscriber to use in placing an electronic book order and which confirms the subscriber's order.
  • the subscriber is required to enter a PIN number to complete the subscriber's order.
  • the “soft keyboard” 975 could be configured as a full alpha-numeric keyboard, and may be used by the subscriber to add additional information related to a book order.
  • An alpha-numeric or similar password may be used to ensure the subscriber is an authorized subscriber.
  • the subscriber confirms an order with a PIN or password and then receives a final confirmation screen.
  • the final confirmation screen is primarily text and may state: Your book order is now being processed via CABLE.
  • Examples of the “Account Set Up Menu” 862 and further submenus 858 related to account set up are shown in FIG. 14 g and FIG. 14 h .
  • These submenus 858 allow initialization of an account at the operations center 250 and orders to be charged to credit cards.
  • the submenus 858 include the ability to enter data related to your desired PIN number or password, credit cards, phone numbers, etc. It is preferred that the account set up be performed using the telephone system.
  • a confirmation menu verifies that the account has been properly set up with the desired PIN or password and credit card.
  • Free previews for books 866 are also provided by submenus ( 868 , 870 ). Examples of the free preview menus are shown in FIG. 14 i and FIG. 14 j .
  • FIG. 14 i shows a menu depicting various electronic books for which previews are available for viewing. Following an electronic book selection, a screen submenu showing an excerpt of the selected electronic book cover's description is provided along with an excerpt from a critic's review of the selected electronic book. In a preferred embodiment, this preview screen for a particular electronic book also allows the subscriber to select a submenu which provides information about the author.
  • the book preview submenu may also include a still video picture or graphics portraying a book cover or a scene from the electronic book.
  • FIG. 14 j depicts a preview screen 870 about the author.
  • the video may also be provided according to MPEG standards as a short moving video clip. Such a clip could be an interview with the author, for example.
  • the author's preview screen 870 shows a picture of the author, provides a short biography, and may allow the subscriber to order the author's books. The price for ordering the authors various electronic books may also be shown on the menu.
  • the previews may be provided through an electronic link system, which is described in detail in copending U.S. application Ser. No. 09/237,828, filed on Jan. 27, 1999, entitled ELECTRONIC BOOK ELECTRONIC LINKS, the disclosures of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • text word searches of preview information (such as book cover descriptions, critics reviews and biographies about the author) and/or text of books or other titles are performed by the library unit 262 using databases stored in the library memory 600 .
  • Personalized book or author suggestions are made to the subscriber by obtaining information from the subscriber indicative of general subscriber interests.
  • Subscriber entries are solicited from the subscriber preferably using the electronic book suggestion entries submenu 855 . The system uses these subscriber entries either directly or indirectly to search for books or authors to suggest to the subscriber.
  • the book suggestion methods may be categorized into two categories, either responsive methods (which respond to a series of subscriber menu entries), or intelligent methods (which analyze data to suggest an electronic book).
  • responsive methods which respond to a series of subscriber menu entries
  • intelligent methods which analyze data to suggest an electronic book.
  • the delivery system 200 determines a list of suggested titles or authors and creates a second or third level submenu 856 , 857 to suggest the titles for subscriber selection.
  • Responsive methods of suggesting titles include, for example, the use of mood questions, searching for authors, and keyword searching.
  • a series of mood questions can be presented on menus to determine a subscribers interest at a particular time.
  • the operations center's 250 processor 404 and instruction memory 416 assign each title mood indicators (and subindicators) from a group such as light, serious, violent, short, long, dull, exciting, complex, easy-read, young theme, old theme, adventure, romance, drama, fiction, science-fiction, etc. These indicators are sent to the home system 258 with the text data and are stored in library memory 600 .
  • the processor 404 associates a set of indicators with the subscriber's request and a set of electronic books with matching indicators are located for suggesting to the subscriber.
  • Responsive searches for authors or keywords are generally performed by the library processor 628 and instruction memory 632 on data stored in the library memory 600 .
  • a keyword given by the subscriber may be searched for a match in library memory 600 storing the book reviews, critics and previews databases.
  • the title “Hunt For Red October” may be located by the library processor 628 using instruction from a routine in the instruction memory 632 .
  • Intelligent methods of suggesting programs include analyzing personal profile data on the subscriber and/or historical data about the subscriber such as past books ordered by the subscriber (or buy data). This method is preferred in a book on demand system and can be performed at the distribution point or operations center 250 by the on-site processor 404 using subscriber databases stored in memory 428 .
  • the home system 258 receives the text data including program suggestion information from the distribution point or operations center 250 and generates the program suggestion submenus 855 , 856 , 857 using the same text data receiving 212 and viewer menu generation hardware (e.g., 607 , 621 ) described above.
  • Software routines and algorithms stored in instruction memories e.g. 632 , 732 ) are used to analyze historical data and book ordered data to determine a line of books to suggest to the subscriber.
  • submenus 858 are shown on the “Books In Your Library” submenu 872 and are preferably broken into shelf numbers with submenus for each shelf 874 , 876 .
  • the submenus 858 for the “Books You Can Order” submenu 878 is similarly broken out into submenus by shelves 880 , 882 .
  • These shelves may each be a category or genre of books. Electronic books may be grouped into categories such as best sellers, novels, fiction, romance, etc. See FIG. 14 d.
  • the submenu 858 for “Your Current Book” 884 allows a subscriber to select a current book 884 and then determine what page to view. This selection is confirmed with a level two submenu 885 .
  • the help submenu 887 provides the subscriber with additional help screens 888 .
  • the submenus 858 for available features 890 are preferably broken out into a sequence of separate submenus for each feature 891 , 892 .
  • messages can also be sent with the delivery system 200 .
  • a level one message screen provides the subscriber with the ability to select from various messages the subscriber has pending 893 . Each message is then shown on a separate submenu screen 894 , 895 .
  • the message may contain text and graphics.
  • account information is shown on a level one submenu 896 and then follow-on submenus 858 show the recent orders and your account balance 897 .
  • level one submenu for outgoing messages 898 which has a follow-on submenu used as an input screen 899 .
  • the billing and collection system 278 (shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 ) utilizes the latest technology in electronic transaction and telephone switching to track orders, authorize deliveries, bill consumers, and credit publishers automatically.
  • the telephone calls initiated by the phone connector 270 are received by the billing and collection system 278 which responds immediately without human intervention by placing the order and charging the consumers credit card account. Data is compiled periodically and publishers 282 are credited for sales of their books or other text.
  • the billing and collection system 278 may also connect with subscribers through two-way cable connections, cellular, or other communication means.
  • the billing and collection system 278 communicate with the operations center 250 to track changes in available books and to provide statistical data to the operations center 250 .
  • the electronic book system can be modified to be used at public libraries, schools and bookstores.
  • FIG. 15 shows one possible arrangement of components for a public library, school or bookstore location.
  • the main unit at a public library, school or bookstore is the file server 900 .
  • the file server 900 is a large electronic memory unit that can store thousands of electronic books.
  • Various electronic storage means may be used in the file servers, such as hard disks, read-write CD ROMs and read-only CD ROMs.
  • the system comprises five components; the file server 900 , a converter or video connector 904 , a controller 908 , a viewer 912 , and a catalog printer 916 .
  • the software for controlling the system is primarily located in the controller 908 .
  • the converter or video connector 904 is similar to those described above.
  • the controller unit 908 monitors the data being transferred to the file server 900 by the converter 904 .
  • the controller 908 is preferably provided with a viewing screen and several control buttons. When it is necessary to have a larger screen to perform more sophisticated controlling of the system a viewer 266 may be connected to the controller 908 and the viewer screen and controls 740 may be used.
  • the titles of the available books may be printed on a catalog printer 916 .
  • the catalog printer 916 is connected to the library controller 908 and the titles of the electronic books are downloaded to the catalog printer 916 . None of the coded text for any of the electronic books can be printed using the controller 908 and catalog printer 916 of this system. In order to maintain security over the data, none of the electronic book data is allowed to be downloaded to the printer 916 . Once a complete printout of available electronic book titles, magazines, or other textual material is complete, a hard copy of the catalog 920 can be maintained at the file server 900 .
  • the system shown may also be used at bookstores.
  • the bookstores can rent the public viewer 912 to customers with the text for one or two electronic books loaded onto the public viewer 912 .
  • the public viewer 912 may be provided with an automatic timeout sequence.
  • the timeout sequence would erase the textual data for the books after a certain period of time, for example, two weeks. It is expected that after a period of time (perhaps within two weeks) the renter would return the public viewer 912 to the bookstore and receive additional electronic books for viewing.
  • Various other configurations are possible for bookstores, schools and public libraries using the file server 900 and public viewer 912 described.
  • FIGS. 16 a and 16 b are examples of hardware modifications or upgrades.
  • a port is used to attach hardware upgrades described below to a set top terminal.
  • Two upgrades are possible to set top converters 601 to assist in receiving and selecting electronic books.
  • a menu generation card upgrade ( FIG. 16 a ) and an information download unit ( FIG. 16 b ).
  • Each of these upgrades may be connected to the set top terminal unit through an upgrade port.
  • a four wire cable, ribbon cable, IEEE 1394 firewire interface, USB interface, or the like may be used to connect the upgrade to the set top converter 601 .
  • a card addition 950 to a set top converter 601 is depicted in FIG. 16 a .
  • the card 950 shown provides the additional functionality needed to utilize the book selection system with existing set top converter 601 technology.
  • the card 950 may be configured to slip inside the frame of a set top terminal and become part of the set top terminal, an advanced set top terminal.
  • the primary functions the card 950 adds to the set top converter 601 are the interpreting of data signals, generating of menus, sequencing of menus, and, ultimately, the ability of the subscriber to select an electronic book using either the television or a viewer 266 .
  • the card 950 also provides a method for a remote location, such as the cable headend, to receive information on electronic books ordered.
  • the electronic books ordered information and control commands may be passed from the cable headend to the card 950 using telephone lines.
  • the primary components of the card 950 are a PC chip CPU 952 , a VGA graphic controller 954 , a video combiner 956 , logic circuitry 958 , NTSC encoder 960 , a receiver 962 , demodulator (not shown), and a dialer 611 ′.
  • the card 950 operates by receiving the data text signal from the cable headend through the coaxial cable.
  • the logic circuitry 958 of the card 950 receives data 964 , infrared commands 966 , and synchronization signals (not shown) from the set top converter 601 . Menu selections made by the viewer 266 on the remote control are received by the set top converter's 601 IR equipment and passed through to the card 950 .
  • the card 950 interprets the IR signal and determines the electronic book (or menu) the subscriber has selected.
  • the card 950 modifies the IR command to send the information to the set top converter 601 .
  • the modified IR command contains the channel information needed by the set top converter 601 .
  • the card 950 is able to transmit electronic books ordered information to the cable headend. It is also possible to receive the electronic books over the telephone lines and by-pass the video distribution system.
  • the telephone system may be used to provide access to an Internet web site to order and receive electronic books.
  • IR commands 966 are transferred from set top terminal 601 to hardware upgrade.
  • Hardware upgrades may include a microprocessor, interactive software, processing circuitry, bubble memory, and a long-term memory device. In addition to these basic components, the hardware upgrade may make use of an additional telephone modem or CD-ROM device.
  • the information download hardware upgrade 1001 (shown in FIG. 16 b ) allows the subscriber to download large volumes of information from the operations center 250 or cable headend using the set top converter 601 .
  • the hardware upgrade 1001 will enable subscribers to download data, such as electronic books and magazines, to local storage.
  • the hardware upgrade 1001 is an additional local storage unit 1003 (e.g., hard disk, floppy, optical disk or magnetic cartridge and may include a microprocessor 1005 , instruction memory 1007 , and a random access memory 1009 , as shown in FIG. 16 b ).
  • a small portable viewer 266 is also provided with the upgrade 1001 to enable downloaded text to be read without the use of a TV.
  • the downloadable information may be text or graphics supplied by the operations center 250 or cable headend.
  • electronic books may be downloaded and read anywhere with the portable viewer 266 .
  • books may be downloaded and stored in compressed form for later decompression.
  • the electronic books would be decompressed only at the time of viewing.
  • Important text that the public desires immediate access may made available through this system. Text such as the President's speech, a new law, or a recent abortion decision rendered by the Supreme Court may be made immediately available.
  • electronic book ordering information is stored at each set top terminal until it is polled by the cable headend using a polling request message format.
  • a polling request message format consists of six fields, namely: (1) a leading flag at the beginning of the message, (2) an address field, (3) a subscriber region designation, (4) a set top terminal identifier that includes a polling command/response (or P/F) bit, (5) an information field, and (6) a trailing flag at the end of the message.
  • P/F polling command/response
  • a similar response frame format for information communicated by the set top terminal to the cable headend in response to the polling request may be used.
  • FIG. 17 shows a preferred set top converter that includes a data receiver 617 ′ and a data transmitter 1011 .
  • the data transmitter provides upstream data communications capability between the set top converter 601 and the cable headend. Upstream data transmissions are accomplished using the polling system described and, using a data transmitter 1011 . Both receiver 617 ′ and transmitter 1011 may be built into the set top converter 601 itself or added through an upgrade module. Regardless of the specific hardware configuration, the set top terminal's data transmission capabilities may be accomplished using the hardware shown in FIG. 17 .
  • FIG. 17 shows RF signals, depicted as being received by a data receiver 617 ′ and tuner 613 working in unison. Both of these devices are interfaced with the microprocessor 1013 , which receives inputs 1015 , from the subscriber, either through a set top converter's keypad, a remote control unit or the viewer 266 . All cable signals intended for reception on the subscriber's TV are accessed by the tuner 613 and subsequently processed by the processing circuitry 1017 .
  • This processing circuitry 1017 typically includes additional components (not shown) for descrambling, demodulation, volume control and remodulation on a Channel 3 or 4 TV carrier.
  • Data targeted to individual set top converters is received by the data receiver 617 ′ according to each set top converter's specific address or ID. In this way, each addressable set top converter only receives its own data.
  • the data receiver 617 ′ may receive set top converter 601 specific data in the information field of the signal frame described or on a separate data carrier located at a convenient frequency in the incoming spectrum.
  • the received data includes information regarding electronic books and menus available for selection.
  • the subscriber may enter a series of commands 1015 using a keypad or remote control in order to choose an electronic book or menu.
  • the microprocessor 1013 instructs the tuner to tune to the proper frequency of the channel carrying data and subsequently instructs the processing circuitry 1017 to begin descrambling of this data.
  • the microprocessor 1013 Upon selection of the electronic book, the microprocessor 1013 stores any selection information in local memory (not shown) for later data transmission back to the cable headend.
  • the microprocessor 1013 coordinates all CATV signal reception and also interacts with various upstream data transmission components.
  • the data transmitter 1011 operates in the return frequency band between 5 and 30 MHZ. In an alternative embodiment, the frequency band of 10 to 15 MHZ may be used. Regardless, however, of the frequency band used, the data transmitter 1011 sends information to the cable headend in the information field of the response frame described.
  • the data transmitter 1011 sends information to the cable headend in the information field of the response frame described.
  • the electronic book system 200 described may also be configured in a book-on-demand style.
  • FIG. 18 a shows one example of a configuration for a books-on-demand system.
  • a books-on-demand system requires more powerful two-way communications between the consumer's home, bookstore, school or public library and either the operations center 250 or a distribution site 1020 such as the cable headend. This type of two-way communication can be provided by the hardware shown in FIG. 17 and described above.
  • the subscriber selects the electronic book to be download from an available menu of electronic books (see for example FIGS. 14 d and 14 e ).
  • the data for menus of available books is usually sent to the subscriber location by the distribution site 1020 .
  • information about the subscriber selection (or request) is then communicated to either a distribution point 1020 (such as a cable headend or an Internet web site) or the operations center 250 .
  • a distribution point 1020 such as a cable headend or an Internet web site
  • the operations center 250 Upon receipt of this request, the needed textual and graphical information for the book is spooled and sent to the subscriber. In this manner, books are only sent when requested by the subscriber and are sent immediately upon demand for the book (or text).
  • the text delivery and distribution must be conducted on a strong nodal architectured distribution system, such as, a video-on-demand cable or telephone television system, an Internet web site, or through use of individual telephone access on the public telephone system.
  • a strong nodal architectured distribution system such as, a video-on-demand cable or telephone television system, an Internet web site, or through use of individual telephone access on the public telephone system.
  • the books-on-demand system allows for a greater selection of electronic books to the subscriber and limits the amount of communicated book data that is unnecessary or unneeded. It also provides the electronic book to the subscriber in a much timelier fashion.
  • a books-on-demand system requires a distribution point 1020 to have more sophisticated equipment to access and “spool out” the textual information.
  • This can be accomplished using file server technology 1024 for storing the electronic books and ATM 1028 or telephone-type switching (not shown) to distribute the textual information.
  • file server technology 1024 for storing the electronic books and ATM 1028 or telephone-type switching (not shown) to distribute the textual information.
  • the file server 1024 and distribution technology that can be used in configuring such a books-on-demand system is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,262,875 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,218,695, cited above.
  • FIG. 18 a shows an embodiment for a books-on-demand system that utilizes file server technology.
  • the embodiment of FIG. 18 a will support distribution of nearly any digital data.
  • Electronic books or textual files are received from publishers 282 and other sources through local feeds 1032 , ATM 1028 , or by satellite dish 1036 .
  • the data is then stored in memory 1040 at the file server 1024 .
  • the distribution point 1020 may be a cable headend that receives requests from subscribers and delivers text to subscribers over a two-way communication system (such as a video-on-demand system (VOD) 1044 ).
  • VOD video-on-demand system
  • an Internet web site may serve as the distribution point 1020 .
  • the library unit 262 can be connected to either a basic premium-type service cable system 1048 , a near video-on-demand type cable system (or pay-per-view (PPV) 1052 ) or a video-on-demand cable system 1044 . In connecting with either of these three systems the library unit 262 may access the cable directly or may access the system through a set top terminal 601 ′, 601 ′′, or 601 ′′′.
  • a basic premium-type service cable system 1048 a near video-on-demand type cable system (or pay-per-view (PPV) 1052 ) or a video-on-demand cable system 1044 .
  • PSV pay-per-view
  • the distribution point 1020 transmits a list of available electronic books through the cable delivery system to the library unit 262 .
  • the library unit 262 displays the list of available electronic books on a menu or similar format. As described earlier, it is preferred that the library unit 262 use menus which list categories of available electronic books to form its request from the distribution point 1020 .
  • the library unit 262 sends a request signal on the two-way communication system 1044 back to the distribution point 1020 . This request signal can be handled in two ways.
  • the library unit 262 either initiates the request or the distribution point 1020 polls the various libraries on to the two-way system 1044 .
  • the text associated with that book title is transmitted to the library unit 262 using the two-way cable system 1044 .
  • FIG. 18 b is an expanded view of a preferred operations center 250 that supports a regional or national books-on-demand system.
  • the operations center 250 shown supports distribution of nearly any digital data.
  • the operations center 250 supports multiple feeds to receive digital information by tape 1060 , 1060 ′, ATM 1028 , or satellite 1036 .
  • the information is processed through an input MUX 1064 and a small file server 1068 before reaching the master file server 1072 .
  • Digital data such as electronic books received from publishers 282 is then stored on the master file server 1072 . It is preferred that the digital data is stored compressed in a standard format such as MPEG2.
  • a system controller 1076 provides control over the regional or national books-on-demand system. Electronic books may be packaged into groups to provide feeds to various cable headends. In addition, scheduling and marketing research are conducted at the operations center 250 . In order to handle the scheduling and market research, electronic book buy data is received at the operations center 250 through a multiplexer 1082 . Electronic book buy information can be provided by the operation center 250 to the billing and collection system 278 .
  • the operations center 250 is also equipped to insert messages or advertisements into the file server. These messages or advertisements will eventually be received by the subscribers.
  • the master file server 1072 uses an output multiplexer 1080 and ATM 1028 as well as satellite connections to distribute digital data.
  • cable headends receive text data on electronic books from the master file server 1080 through the output multiplexer 1028 and an ATM system 1028 . After receiving the electronic book data, the cable headends store the books in a local file server 1024 .
  • FIG. 18 a 's distribution point 1020 is an example of a cable headend which may receive data from the operations center 250 of FIG. 18 b through an ATM hookup 1088 or satellite hookup.
  • An electronic book may include various features for manipulating text or other information within it. As discussed below, those features include highlighting, copying and pasting, cutting and pasting, and annotating information. Other features include simultaneously displaying multiple pages selected by a subscriber, displaying one or more pages on a viewer having multiple screens, rotating images and sizing images.
  • FIG. 19 is a flow chart of an information manipulation process 901 for highlighting, cutting and pasting, copying and pasting, and annotating text or other information in an electronic book.
  • the information manipulation process 901 may be implemented within the viewer 266 , the library 262 , or a combination.
  • the image manipulation process 901 may be implemented by software modules residing within the instruction memory unit 632 for execution by the library processor 628 or within the instruction memory 732 for execution by the viewer processor 621 , or a combination.
  • the display page module or process 801 provides for displaying a page on the viewer 266 .
  • the page display may be accomplished using the process shown in FIG. 12 in which the subscriber selects a particular electronic book for viewing. The description that follows assumes the viewer processor 621 performs all software module execution steps.
  • a subscriber selects text or other information, which may be accomplished by using controls 740 to manipulate the curser to select a portion of text.
  • the subscriber may select displayed text or other information by moving the cursor across the information to be selected using a trackball 743 while depressing a selection button 745 (see FIG. 11 ).
  • Other types of selection are possible, such as using a touch-sensitive screen and permitting the subscriber to select information by touching the appropriate part of the screen, or using other types of cursor-control devices, including peripheral devices, and selection buttons to manipulate a cursor over information to be selected.
  • the viewer 266 may provide an indication of the selected text or other information by showing the text or other information shaded, showing the text in an alternate color, or using another type of indicator.
  • a command process 805 such as a highlight command
  • a highlight decision process 815 is executed and the processor 621 determines if the subscriber has requested any particular type of highlighting.
  • the term highlighting refers to providing an indication of text or other displayed information in order to distinguish the highlighted text from other displayed information. If the subscriber has selected a highlighting option using the process 817 , the processor 621 alters the selected information to highlight the information according to the subscriber-entered option. Otherwise, the processor 621 , using a default process 819 , alters the selected information to highlight it according to a default option. The highlighted information is then stored and displayed by the processor 621 using a store process 821 .
  • the processor 621 If the subscriber entered a copy command, the processor 621 , using a copy process 807 , copies and stores the selected information as identified by the subscriber during the select text process 803 . If the subscriber entered a cut command, the processor 621 executes a remove process 809 and removes and stores the selected information. Upon receiving a paste command, as determined during execution of a paste process 811 , the processor 621 , using an insert process 813 , inserts the stored information, typically at a location of the cursor, and displays and stores the changes.
  • the processor 621 If the subscriber entered an annotate command, the processor 621 , using text process 823 , permits the subscriber to enter a text or other annotation.
  • An annotation may include, for example, text, graphical information, still images, video clips, multi-media information or an electronic link identifier.
  • a subscriber may indicate a location to enter an annotation by, for example, using the controls 740 (see FIG. 14 a ) to select text or other information to annotate under control of the processor 621 executing the select text process 803 .
  • the subscriber, using controls 740 to position the cursor may create an annotation under control of the processor 621 using the subscriber position cursor process 881 .
  • the processor 621 inserts the annotation, and displays and stores the changes.
  • the annotation is typically inserted at a location of the cursor identified using the positions cursor process 881 , or proximate to the selected information identified using the select text process 803 , so that the subscriber may choose where to enter the annotation within a particular displayed page of the electronic book.
  • the subscriber may alternatively move a location of the annotation elsewhere within the page by using the controls 740 to select the annotation and move the annotation to a new location.
  • the subscriber can cut, copy, and paste the annotation.
  • the processor 621 repositions the annotation, if moved by the subscriber.
  • the processor 621 determines if the subscriber has entered another command. If the subscriber has entered another command, the process repeats. In addition, if the subscriber selected information to annotate, the processor 621 may indicate the selected information along with the annotation by, for example, highlighting the selected information or displaying the selected information within a box or other type of border.
  • FIGS. 20-22 are examples of text screens illustrating use of the commands in the information manipulation process 901 .
  • FIG. 20 is an example of a text screen 1200 on the viewer 266 displaying highlighted text 1201 .
  • the text screen 1200 includes a task bar 1214 having a number of sections 1215 - 1227 and 1231 for selecting particular commands.
  • the term section ( 1215 - 1227 and 1231 ) refers to a definable portion of the screen, and the phrase task bar ( 1214 ) refers to a collection of sections for permitting selection of various commands. For instance, a subscriber may select a highlight command by manipulating the controls 740 to select the highlight section 1215 using the cursor or by using a particular key stroke.
  • a subscriber also may select a menu section 1231 in task bar 1214 in order to view menus on the viewer 266 , such as the menus identified in FIG. 13 , and then may select an electronic book for viewing from the menus.
  • the act of selecting a section may involve, for example, positioning the cursor or a pointer over the section using the trackball 743 and depressing the selection button 745 to “click on” the section.
  • Other cursor-control devices including peripheral devices, may be used to select a section.
  • highlighted text 1201 is shown as shaded.
  • Other types of highlighting may be used such as, for example, illustrating the text or other displayed information in a different color, in a box, in a different font, in bold, in italics, underlined, or in reverse video.
  • the subscriber may highlight other types of information in addition to text.
  • the viewer 266 may present highlighting options by presenting a section with options when the subscriber selects the highlight section 1215 .
  • the viewer 266 may include a screen for setting various display and other controls, which may include a section for setting highlighting options.
  • the task bar 1214 includes the sections 1215 - 1227 and 1231 in contiguous horizontal form, the sections of the task bar 1214 may be displayed vertically on the left or right margin, scattered among the screen, or in some other geometric representation.
  • Typical cut, copy, and paste commands are illustrated by a text screen 1202 shown in FIG. 21 .
  • a subscriber may select cut, copy, and paste commands by manipulating the controls 740 (the trackball 743 and the selection button 745 ) to select, respectively, sections 1216 , 1217 , and 1218 using the cursor, or by using particular key strokes.
  • the text screen 1202 which may be displayed on the viewer 266 , corresponds to the text screen 1200 shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the highlighted text 1201 has been cut, copied, and pasted.
  • the first sentence in highlighted text 1201 has been cut and pasted at location 1203 .
  • the second sentence in highlighted text 1201 has been copied and pasted at location 1204 .
  • commands are illustrated with text, they may apply to other information such as, for example, graphical information, still images, or video clips.
  • FIG. 21 is shown as cutting and pasting, and copying and pasting, text within one electronic book, the viewer 266 typically may cut and paste, and copy and paste, text or other information between two or more electronic books, or between electronic books and other data sources such as word processing programs.
  • the electronic book When text is added or deleted from an electronic book, the electronic book typically automatically repaginates.
  • FIG. 22 is an example of an annotated screen 1205 on the viewer 266 displaying an annotation 1206 within the text.
  • the subscriber may select an annotate command by manipulating the controls 740 (the trackball 743 and the selection button 745 ) to select an annotate section 1219 using the cursor or by using a particular key stroke.
  • the viewer 266 may present section 1206 at a location of the cursor and permit the subscriber to enter text or other information into section 1206 .
  • the annotation may include text, graphical information, still photos, video clips, or multimedia information.
  • the information may include subscriber-entered information, default information provided by the viewer 266 , or a combination.
  • the annotation may be displayed, for example, in a box, highlighted, or as codes or symbols.
  • the annotation may cover the text beneath it, or the text beneath the annotation may scroll around the annotation.
  • Text for annotation may be created using the remote wired keyboard 267 or wireless keyboard 268 shown in FIG. 6 a .
  • Text may also be created using a soft keyboard displayed on the viewer 266 .
  • the soft keyboard may be displayed during the annotation step and may be hidden at other times.
  • FIG. 23 is a flow chart of a multiple display process 903 for displaying multiple pages.
  • the process 903 may be implemented within the viewer 266 , the library 262 , or a combination.
  • the process 903 may be implemented by software modules residing within the instruction memory unit 632 for execution by the library processor 628 or within the instruction memory 732 for execution by the viewer processor 621 , or a combination.
  • the process 903 may be used by the subscriber to view a plurality of pages within an electronic book. For example, instead of viewing consecutive pages, as typically presented on the viewer 266 , the subscriber may wish to view non-consecutive pages, such as those having related information. Therefore, the viewer 266 may display, for example, on a split screen, two or more pages selected by the subscriber.
  • the processor 621 In the multiple display process 903 , the processor 621 , executing a display page module or process 829 , displays a page. Using a request process 831 , the processor 621 receives a multiple page view request. A receive process 833 is used by the processor 621 to receive a selection of pages. In response, using a display process 835 , the processor 621 retrieves, formats, and displays the selected pages of the electronic book. Formatting may involve reducing the size of the pages and appending them together to display as one image on the viewer 266 . A decision process 837 determines if additional pages are selected. If so, the display process 835 again retrieves and displays the newly selected pages.
  • FIG. 24 is an example illustrating how two pages 1229 and 1230 may be displayed simultaneously on the viewer 266 within one split-screen 1228 .
  • the subscriber may select multiple page view by manipulating the controls 740 (the trackball 743 and the selection button 745 ) to select a multi-page section 1220 in the task bar 1214 , and the subscriber may enter pages to view within a page section 1221 of the task bar 1214 .
  • the subscriber may select pages from different electronic books for simultaneous viewing by selecting the menu section 1231 to select another electronic book or other information source and, if necessary, select a page by entering a page or pages in the page section 1221 .
  • the subscriber may select which particular pages among any of the pages in the electronic book are to be displayed on the viewer 266 .
  • the pages are shown displayed as a side-by-side image, the pages may be displayed vertically.
  • the viewer 266 may format varying number of pages to be displayed. For example, the viewer 266 may receive a selection of four pages and display the four pages in four equally sized sections of the viewer 266 .
  • the viewer 266 may display the page numbers along with the page content.
  • pages may contain other types of information such as, for example, graphical, video, or multimedia information. When multiple pages are displayed, information contained on each of the multiple pages may be manipulated as described herein.
  • the subscriber may elect to manipulate information on the third page.
  • the subscriber may operate the controls 740 (the trackball 743 and the selection button 745 ) to select the third page and to then manipulate information on, or associated with, the third page.
  • the subscriber may select a paragraph of text in the third page, copy the text, and then scroll or drag the copied text to the first page of the four displayed pages.
  • FIG. 25 is a flow chart of a multiple screen display process 905 for displaying pages on an electronic book viewer having multiple screens.
  • the process 905 may be implemented within the viewer 266 , the library 262 , or a combination.
  • the process 905 may be implemented by software modules residing within the instruction memory unit 632 for execution by the library processor 628 or within the instruction memory 732 for execution by the viewer processor 621 , or a combination.
  • Displaying images on multiple screens involves formatting one or more pages to be displayed on a number of associated screens.
  • an electronic book viewer 266 ′ may include three screens, 1211 , 1212 , and 1213 .
  • the screens may be connected in a variety of positions, such as horizontally, vertically, T-shape, rectangular, square, or some other geometric configuration.
  • the screens 1211 , 1212 , and 1213 may be physically connected by hinges 1241 and 1242 , including electrical connections between screens for transmitting electronic book content and commands.
  • a viewer 266 ′′ may include three screens 1211 ′, 1212 ′, and 1213 ′ that snap together, or become otherwise joined together, by physical and electrical connectors, as represented by arrows 1243 and 1244 .
  • the subscriber may select a multiple screen view by manipulating the controls 740 (the trackball 743 and the selection button 745 ) to select a multi-screen section 1222 in the task bar 1214 , as shown in FIG.
  • At least one of the screens 1211 - 1213 and 1211 ′- 1213 ′ may include the task bar 1214 for selecting a command and entering pages.
  • the processor 621 executing a display page module or process 839 , displays a page.
  • the processor 621 receives a request for display on multiple screens.
  • the processor 621 receives selected pages, which the subscriber may specify by manipulating the controls 740 .
  • the processor 621 determines a number of screens in the viewer 266 , which may be accomplished by electronically interrogating the connections between screens to determine how many screens are interconnected.
  • the processor 621 next uses a format process 845 to format the page or pages for display on the multiple screens. Using the format process 845 , the processor 621 determines the number of pages for display and compares that number with the number of screens available for displaying the page or pages. If only one page was selected, the processor 621 uses a first format process 847 to format the selected page for display across all screens in the viewer 266 . If the number of selected pages is less than the number of screens, the processor 621 uses a second format process 849 to format the selected pages for display.
  • One method of formatting is to equally distribute the selected pages across the screens, which involves resizing and scaling up or scaling down the pages for display among the available screens.
  • the processor 621 uses a third format process 851 to format the selected pages to display one page per screen. If the number of selected pages is greater than the number of screens, the processor 621 uses a fourth format process 853 to format the selected pages to display them equally distributed across the screens, which involves resizing and reducing the pages to fit among the screens.
  • the processor 621 uses known techniques for sizing a page to fit an available screen. For example, the processor 621 may apply sub-sampling routines to create a thumbnail image of a page, and then may display the thumbnail image in a reduced size window on a screen.
  • an electronic atlas may include many full page maps. A select number of the maps may be displayed on the viewer screen by first creating thumbnail images, and then arranging their display on the viewer screen. In this way, several full page images may be viewed and compared in a convenient manner. For example, nine full page maps from the electronic atlas may be displayed simultaneously on the viewer screen.
  • Digital data compression techniques for images are well known and need not be repeated here. For example, Data Compression In Digital System , by Ray Hoffman, (Chapman & Hall, 1977), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference, describes such data compression techniques.
  • An image displayed on the viewer 266 may be scaled down by dropping, or decimating, rows and columns of pixels within the image.
  • each pixel in the reduced-size image may be created by averaging neighboring pixels in the original image.
  • each pixel in the scaled-up image is created by applying a color smoothing or dithering algorithm to pixels in the original image.
  • the scaling up and down may be performed with text and graphic images, and with still (for example, JPEG) and moving (for example, MPEG 2) images. These and other techniques may be used to display multiple images on a single screen, multiple images on multiple screens and multiple images on multiple screens.
  • the processor 621 uses a display process 855 to send the formatted page or pages to the viewer screen(s) for display. Then, using display process 883 , the processor 621 displays the formatted page or pages on the multiple screens of the viewer 266 .
  • the processor 621 uses decision process 856 to determine the number of screens changes. This may occur by the subscriber adding additional screens to the viewer 266 or removing screens from the viewer 266 , if the viewer 266 contains removable screens or the capability to deactivate particular screens. If this occurs, the processor 621 returns to the determination process 859 to determine the number of screens and then formats the page or pages accordingly. Otherwise, the processor 621 determines if additional pages are selected using decision process 857 .
  • FIGS. 26 c , 26 d , and 26 e in which each box represents one screen, illustrate the display of a page or pages on multiple screens. If a single image 1245 represents one page, FIG. 26 d illustrates enlargement of the page to display the page as a first image 1246 and a second image 1247 . FIG. 26 e illustrates enlargement of the page to display the page as a first image 1248 , a second image 1249 , a third image 1250 , and a fourth image 1251 . In comparison, if the first image 1248 , the second image 1249 , the third image 1250 , and the fourth image 1251 together represent one page, FIG.
  • FIG. 26 d illustrates reduction of the pages to display the pages as the first image 1246 and the second image 1247
  • FIG. 26 c represents reduction of the pages to display the pages as the single image 1245
  • the first image 1248 , the second image 1249 , the third image 1250 , and the fourth image 1251 each represent one page
  • FIG. 26 e illustrates display of one page per screen, alternatively, FIG. 26 e shows an enlargement of a single page to four screens.
  • Picture-in-picture viewing permits the subscriber to simultaneously display on the viewer 266 , pages or portions of two different electronic books, or content from an electronic book and another information source, such as video or multimedia information.
  • the electronic book for viewing may be selected from electronic books stored in the viewer 266 or an associated library viewer 262 , or may be obtained from a received signal.
  • the other information source when used, may be received using an electronic or electromagnetic signal such as a television signal, video signal, cable television signal, or wireline or wireless telephone or data source signal. For example, while viewing an electronic book the subscriber may want to simultaneously view a television program or a particular video.
  • a system for picture-in-picture viewing formats the two or more electronic books, or electronic books and other electronic information, for simultaneous display.
  • the viewer 266 performs necessary decoding or other processing for simultaneously displaying a page of an electronic book along with the other electronic information.
  • FIG. 27 is a flow chart of a picture-in-picture viewing process 907 for picture-in-picture viewing of electronic books and other electronic information.
  • the process 907 may be implemented within the viewer 266 , the library 262 , or a combination.
  • the process 907 may be implemented by software modules residing within the instruction memory unit 632 for execution by the library processor 628 or within the instruction memory 732 for execution by the viewer processor 621 , or a combination.
  • the viewer 266 using a display page module or process 863 , displays a page of a first electronic book.
  • the processor 621 receives a request for picture-in-picture viewing from the subscriber along with an identification of a second information source, such as a second electronic book, a television signal, a video signal, still photos, content from the Internet, electronic book electronic links, or multi-media information.
  • a decision process 867 the processor 621 determines if the subscriber entered a request for a particular type of picture-in-picture viewing format, which may include, for example, use of an inset image or side-by-side images. If the subscriber did not enter a particular type of picture-in-picture viewing format, the processor 621 uses a default process 873 to format the first electronic book and content from the second information source for picture-in-picture viewing according to a particular default format setting.
  • the library 262 or the viewer 266 formats the first electronic book and the content from the second information source according to the subscriber-entered option.
  • the processor 621 using an inset image process 869 , formats the first electronic book and the content from the second information source for displaying content from the second information source as an inset image within the first displayed electronic book.
  • the processor 621 uses a reposition process 909 to reposition the inset image and reformats the first electronic book, if the inset image is moved by the subscriber.
  • the processor 621 uses a split screen process 871 to format the first electronic book and content from the second information source for display as side-by-side images.
  • each display functions independently, permitting the subscriber to advance pages in the first electronic book, for example, by selecting the displayed image of the first electronic book.
  • the processor 621 determines if the subscriber entered a request to reverse the displayed images. If so, the processor 621 executes a reverse format process 877 to reverse the display. The processor 621 then uses a decision process 879 to determine if the subscriber entered a request for different viewing. If the subscriber entered a different viewing request, the processor 621 returns to the decision process 867 .
  • Various multimedia experiences, programs, and displays may be created using two or more images.
  • FIGS. 28 a , 28 b , 28 c , and 28 d are examples of displays for picture-in-picture viewing.
  • a portion of a first electronic book is displayed as a main image 1207
  • a portion of a second electronic book is displayed as an inset image 1208 .
  • side-by-side images display a portion of a first electronic book 1209 adjacent a portion of a second electronic book 1210 .
  • a portion of a first electronic book is displayed as a main image 1207 ′, and content from a second information source, such as a television or video signal, is displayed as an inset image 1208 ′.
  • side-by-side images display a portion of a first electronic book 1209 ′ adjacent to content 1210 ′ from a second information source such as a television or video signal.
  • the viewer 266 typically formats the content 1207 and 1207 ′ from the electronic book so that the content 1207 and 1207 ′ wraps around the inset images 1208 and 1208 ′, respectively, in order to display a portion of the content 1207 and 1207 ′ that would otherwise be concealed by inset images 1208 and 1208 ′.
  • content from the electronic book is not obstructed because the inset image does not overlay the main image. This is particularly well-suited for text.
  • the processor 621 uses the reposition process 909 to reformat the content 1207 and 1207 ′ to display the portion concealed by the new location of the inset image 1208 or 1208 ′, respectfully.
  • the main image 1207 and 1207 ′ may be formatted so that the inset images 1208 and 1208 ′, respectively, overlay and obstruct the portion of the main image at the location of the inset images.
  • the main image 1207 or 1207 ′ is a television or video signal
  • the viewer 266 typically overlays the inset image 1208 or 1208 ′ to avoid distortion of the main image as may occur with wrapping the main image around an inset image.
  • the subscriber may typically position the inset image anywhere within the main image by using the cursor and the controls 740 to select and move the inset image to a new location.
  • the size of the inset image may also be changed.
  • the subscriber may select picture-in-picture viewing by manipulating the controls 740 (the trackball 743 and the selection button 745 ) to select a p-i-p section 1223 in the task bar 1214 , or by using a particular key stroke.
  • the subscriber may select an inset image, as shown in FIG. 28 a .
  • the subscriber may select an inset section 1225 .
  • the subscriber may select a split section 1224 .
  • the subscriber may switch between the inset view and the split image view by selecting the split section 1224 and the inset section 1225 for the desired view.
  • the subscriber may reverse or swap the displayed images by selecting a swap section 1226 in the task bar 1214 .
  • the viewer 266 switches positions of the images.
  • a normal view section 1227 the subscriber may exit the picture-in-picture mode and return to normal viewing, in which case the main image 1207 or left image 1209 becomes the sole displayed image, for example.
  • the subscriber may select the first and second electronic books, or the first electronic book and the second information source, for viewing by selecting the menu section 1231 on the task bar 1214 and selecting particular electronic books or other information sources from the displayed menu.
  • the viewer 266 or the home system 258 may be used to provide picture-in-picture capability with one or more signals coming from an information source or a component that is external to the home system 258 .
  • FIG. 29 a shows an embodiment of the home system 258 that is intended to display multiple images in a picture-in-picture format.
  • the home system 258 comprises a single unit, namely the viewer 266 .
  • the viewer 266 includes the digital logic 609 , the microprocessor 621 , the memory 607 , and the LCD 602 . The functions of these components have been described previously. Also included in the viewer 266 is a data connector/converter 617 ′.
  • the data converter 617 ′ includes the functions of the tuner 613 , data stripper 617 , modem 611 and RF transceiver 604 described in connection with FIG. 6 b .
  • the data converter 617 ′ receives data signals from wired or wireless communications paths and passes the signals to the digital logic 609 for processing and display on the LCD 602 .
  • the data converter 617 ′ may for example receive signals from a wireless keyboard 268 , a telephone 275 , a personal computer 261 , a video camera 273 , a television 259 or a set top terminal 601 . As shown in FIG. 29 a , all of these components may communicate with the viewer 266 using either wired or wireless communication paths.
  • the viewer 266 may also receive data signals from the Internet web site 279 .
  • Data signals from the Internet web site 279 may be received directly from the Internet or by using the personal computer 261 , for example.
  • the data converter 617 ′ receives the data signals from one or more of the multiple sources shown in FIG. 29 a and converts the signal into an appropriate format for display on the LCD 602 .
  • the received signal may be displayed as text, a JPEG image, or an MPEG image, for example.
  • the data converter 617 ′ may also receive audio and output the audio to a speaker 608 . Alternately, the audio may be converted to text and displayed on the LCD 602 .
  • Text information displayed on the personal computer 261 may be sent to the data converter 617 ′ and displayed as text on the LCD 602 .
  • Television signals received at either the set top terminal 601 or the television 259 may be displayed as video signals on the LCD 602 .
  • the video camera 273 may provide a live video feed to the viewer 266 for display on the LCD 602 .
  • Commands or text typed in using the keyboard 268 may be displayed on the LCD 602 .
  • web pages such as a web page available at the web site 279 may be displayed on the LCD 602 .
  • the memory 607 may store programs and menus to allow the subscriber to select which of the multiple information sources will provide a display on the viewer 266 .
  • the subscriber may decide to display an electronic book on the viewer 266 and concurrently to display in a window on the LCD 602 , a live feed from the video camera 273 , and in another window on the LCD 602 , a broadcast television program being received by the television 259 , for example.
  • FIG. 29 b shows an example of the multiple information sources being displayed on the viewer 266 .
  • the menu bar 1214 shows the menu selection 1231 and the p-i-p selection 1223 .
  • the subscriber has elected to use the p-i-p function and the menu bar therefore displays four window options 1244 - 1247 .
  • the subscriber has elected to play the text from an electronic book using window one 1244 , a television show using window two 1245 and a video feed from a video camera using window three 1246 .
  • Window four 1247 is not used.
  • the result is shown as the text in a full width, upper window 1207 ′′ television show in a split with lower window 1240 and a video feed in a second split window 1241 .
  • the subscriber can use the viewer 266 to help make a repair easier.
  • the subscriber can use part of the LCD 602 to display the instructions to make the necessary repair on the automobile, can also display schematics, drawings and/or pictures of the parts, a short video on how to make the repair, as well as continuously watching the video camera 273 showing the front door or baby's crib.
  • the subscriber can move the viewer to the kitchen where the subscriber can have one, two or more of the following on the viewer 266 : a list of ingredients, text of a recipe, a video on how to mix the ingredients, listing of measurement conversions, and a video feed from a child's play room. More simply, the subscriber can read a book in the backyard while simultaneously watching the baby's playpen indoor on a video feed.

Abstract

An electronic book having various features for manipulating text or other information. The subscriber may highlight, cut and paste, copy and paste, and annotate information within an electronic book. A multiple page view feature permits the subscriber to simultaneously view any plurality of pages of an electronic book, and a multiple screen feature permits the subscriber to view one or more pages on a viewer having multiple screens. A picture-in-picture feature permits the subscriber to simultaneously view a page of an electronic book along with other content, such as a television program or information from another electronic book. The picture-in-picture feature may display an electronic book page as a main image wrapped around an inset image.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 08/336,247 entitled ELECTRONIC BOOK SELECTION AND DELIVERY SYSTEM, filed Nov. 7, 1994; U.S. application Ser. No. 09/237,828, filed on Jan. 27, 1999, entitled ELECTRONIC BOOK ELECTRONIC LINKS; U.S. application Ser. No. 09/289,957, filed on Apr. 13, 1999, entitled ELECTRONIC BOOK ALTERNATIVE DELIVERY SYSTEMS; U.S. application Ser. No. 08/160,194, entitled ADVANCED SET-TOP TERMINAL FOR CABLE TELEVISION DELIVERY SYSTEMS, filed Dec. 2, 1993; and U.S. application Ser. No. 08/906,469, entitled REPROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL FOR SUGGESTING PROGRAMS OFFERED ON A TELEVISION PROGRAM DELIVERY SYSTEM, filed Aug. 5, 1997, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 08/160,281, entitled TERMINAL FOR SUGGESTING PROGRAMS OFFERED ON A TELEVISION PROGRAM DELIVERY SYSTEM, filed Dec. 2, 1993, now U.S. Pat. No. 5,798,785, dated Aug. 25, 1998, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • TECHNICAL FIELD
  • This invention is directed to an electronic book unit having one or more electronic books. More specifically, the invention relates to an apparatus and method for manipulating information such as text and graphics within electronic books.
  • BACKGROUND ART
  • Sparked by the concept of an information superhighway, a revolution will take place in the distribution of books. Not since the introduction of Gutenberg's movable typeset printing has the world stood on the brink of such a revolution in the distribution of text material. The definition of the word “book” will change drastically in the near future. Due to reasons such as security, convenience, cost, and other technical problems, book and magazine publishers are currently only able to distribute their products in paper form. This invention solves the problems encountered by publishers.
  • SUMMARY OF INVENTION
  • An electronic book viewer incorporates advanced information manipulation features that enhance the functionality of the electronic book viewer. In an embodiment, information in an electronic book including text, mathematical formulas, data, graphics, and still and moving images may be selected for manipulation. A processor in the viewer uses software modules to execute information manipulation commands. Information may be highlighted by selecting a portion of the electronic book using a cursor or similar selection device, and then sending a command to the viewer's processor to initiate the highlighting process. For example, text shown on a page of the electronic book may be selected for highlighting. Highlighting may include changing font style, size, format (bold, italics or normal), or color, for example. In the disclosure that follows, the terms information and images will be understood to refer to all manner of data, graphics, text, videos, formulas and any other information or images.
  • Using other software modules, the viewer's processor may be used to cut and paste, or copy and paste images from one portion of the electronic book to another portion of the electronic book. Similarly, images or content from other electronic documents can be cut and pasted, or copied and pasted into the electronic book.
  • The viewer's processor also may use software modules to annotate portions of the electronic book, to display the annotated portions, and to move annotations within the electronic book.
  • In another embodiment, the viewer may display multiple electronic books. For example, the viewer may display information or images from two electronic books in a side-by-side fashion. The two electronic books also may be displayed in a picture-in-picture format. The viewer is not limited to displaying only two electronic books, and may display three or more electronic books, using well-known image processing routines.
  • In yet another embodiment, the viewer may use multiple screens to display an image from a single electronic book or to display images from multiple electronic books. The multiple screens may be hinged and electronically connected to fold like pages in an actual book. The multiple screens also may snap into place to form electrical connections. A single image may be expanded to fit on all the multiple screens. For example, a map of the world may be expanded from a single screen format to a three screen format. The multiple screens may also be used to display multiple pages of the electronic book. The displayed multiple pages may be consecutive or non-consecutive pages within the electronic book. The multiple screens also may be used to display multiple pages from more than one electronic book, or to display a page from an electronic book, and information from another electronic document or information source. For example, a first screen may display a page from the electronic book and a second page may display a digital television signal. The second screen also may display images that are linked to the page displayed on the first screen. A method and apparatus for links in an electronic book are described in detail in copending U.S. application Ser. No. 09/237,828, filed on Jan. 27, 1999, entitled ELECTRONIC BOOK ELECTRONIC LINKS, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • In still another embodiment, information from other sources may be displayed in a picture-in-picture format on the viewer's screen. For example, a live television program may be displayed in a picture-in-picture window of the screen at the same time that the text of an electronic book is displayed.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram of the primary components of the electronic book selection and delivery system.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic showing an overview of the electronic book selection and delivery system.
  • FIG. 3 a is a schematic of the delivery plan for the electronic book selection and delivery system.
  • FIG. 3 b is a schematic of an alternate delivery plan.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of an operations center.
  • FIG. 5 a is a flow diagram of the processing at the operations center and uplink.
  • FIG. 5 b is a block diagram of the hardware configuration for an uplink site.
  • FIG. 6 a is a block diagram of the hardware configuration for a four component home subsystem.
  • FIG. 6 b is a schematic of a two unit home subsystem.
  • FIG. 7 is a flow diagram of the processes performed by the video connector.
  • FIG. 8 is a block diagram for an example of a library unit.
  • FIG. 9 is a flow diagram of some of the processes performed by the library on the received data stream.
  • FIG. 10 is a flow diagram of the processes performed by the library unit on information requests from the viewer.
  • FIG. 11 is a block diagram showing the components for an example of a viewer.
  • FIG. 12 is a flow diagram of some of the processes performed by the viewer on an information request from a subscriber.
  • FIG. 13 is a chart depicting the menu structure and sequencing of menus in the menu system.
  • FIG. 14 a is a schematic of an introductory menu.
  • FIG. 14 b is a schematic showing an example of a main menu.
  • FIGS. 14 c, 14 d, 14 e, 14 f, 14 g, 14 h, 14 i and 14 j are schematics showing examples of submenus.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an electronic book system for a bookstore or public library.
  • FIG. 16 a and FIG. 16 b are schematics of hardware modifications or upgrades to a set top converter.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic showing a set top terminal that includes a data receiver and data transmitter.
  • FIG. 18 a is a schematic of a book-on-demand system.
  • FIG. 18 b is a schematic of an operations center supporting a book-on-demand system.
  • FIG. 19 is a flow chart of a process for highlighting, cutting and pasting, copying and pasting, and annotating text in an electronic book.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic illustrating an example of highlighting text in an electronic book.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic illustrating an example of cutting and pasting, and copying and pasting, text in an electronic book or between electronic books.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic illustrating an example of annotating text in an electronic book.
  • FIG. 23 is a flow chart of a process for displaying multiple pages of an electronic book.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic illustrating an example of viewing multiple pages in an electronic book.
  • FIG. 25 is a flow chart of a process for displaying one or more pages of an electronic book on a viewer having multiple screens.
  • FIG. 26 a is a schematic illustrating a first viewer having multiple screens.
  • FIG. 26 b is a schematic illustrating a second viewer having multiple screens.
  • FIG. 26 c is a schematic illustrating presenting an image on a viewer having one screen.
  • FIG. 26 d is a schematic illustrating presenting an image on a viewer having two screens.
  • FIG. 26 e is a schematic illustrating presenting an image on a viewer having four screens.
  • FIG. 27 is a flow chart of a process for displaying picture-in-picture images of electronic books.
  • FIG. 28 a is a schematic illustrating use of an inset image within a main image for picture-in-picture viewing of electronic books.
  • FIG. 28 b is a schematic illustrating use of a side-by-side images for picture-in-picture viewing of electronic books.
  • FIG. 28 c is a schematic illustrating use of an inset image within a main image for picture-in-picture viewing of an electronic book and other information such as graphical images or video.
  • FIG. 28 d is a schematic illustrating use of a side-by-side images for picture-in-picture viewing of an electronic book and other information such as graphical images or video.
  • FIG. 29 a is a schematic diagram of an electronic book home system for receiving and displaying multiple signals in a picture-in-picture format.
  • FIG. 29 b shows the electronic book viewer displaying multiple images from separate information services.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • An electronic book selection and delivery system provides a new way to distribute electronic books to bookstores, public libraries, schools, and subscribers or users. In the discussion that follows, subscribers and users will be understood to refer to an individual or individuals who interface with the electronic book or any part of the electronic book selection and delivery system. The technological breakthroughs of this invention provide a secure system for both delivering selected electronic books and receiving payments. The system has an unusual combination of features that provides the consumer with an electronic book unit that has a high tech aura while being very practical, portable, and easy to use.
  • The clear advantage of the system is that it eliminates the distribution of any physical object such as a paper book or computer memory device from any book or text distribution system. The purchase of an electronic book may become a PAY-PER-READ™ event avoiding the overhead, “middle-men,” printing costs, and time delay associated with the current book distribution system. Published material and text such as the President's speech, a new law, a court decision on abortion, or O. J. Simpson's testimony can be made immediately available to the consumer at a nominal fee.
  • The system is a novel combination of new technology involving the television, cable, telephone, and computer industries. It uses high bandwidth data transmissions, strong security measures, sophisticated digital switching, high resolution visual displays, novel controls, and user friendly interface software.
  • The primary components of the text delivery system are the subsystem for placing the text onto a signal path and the subsystem for receiving and selecting text that was placed on the signal path. A preferred embodiment of the system includes additional components and optional features that enhance the system. The system may be configured for use by bookstores, public libraries, schools and consumers.
  • The system for consumer use is made up of four subsystems, namely: (1) an operations center, (2) a distribution system, (3) a home subsystem including reception, selection, viewing, transacting and transmission capabilities, and (4) a billing and collection system.
  • The operations center performs several primary functions: manipulating text data (including receiving, formatting and storing of text data), security encoding of text, cataloging of books, providing a messaging center capability, and performing uplink functions. The system delivers the text from the operations center to consumer homes by inserting text data into an appropriate signal path. The insertion of text is generally performed with an encoder at an uplink site that is within or near the operations center. If the signal path is a video signal path, the system can use several lines of the Vertical Blanking Interval (VBI), all the lines of the analog video signal, a digital video signal or unused portions of bandwidth to transmit text data. Using the VBI delivery method, the top ten or twenty book titles may be transmitted with video during normal programming utilizing existing cable, satellite, wireless or broadcast transmission capability without disruption to the subscriber's video reception. Using the entire video signal, thousands of books may be transmitted within just one hour of air time. Nearly any analog or digital video distribution system may be used to deliver the video signal with included text.
  • The text data may also be transmitted over other low and high speed signal paths including a telephone network (e.g., a public switched telephone network) having a high speed connection such as an asynchronous digital subscriber line (ADSL) connection. Other delivery methods and systems are described in detail in copending applications U.S. application Ser. No. 09/289,957, entitled ELECTRONIC BOOK ALTERNATIVE DELIVERY SYSTEMS, and U.S. application Ser. No. 09/289,956, entitled ELECTRONIC BOOK ALTERNATIVE DELIVERY METHODS, both filed Apr. 13, 1999, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • The home subsystem performs four primary functions: connecting to the video distribution system, selecting text, storing text, and transacting through a phone or cable communicating mechanism. The components of the home subsystem may be configured in a variety of hardware configurations. Each function may be performed by a separate component, the components may be integrated, or the capability of existing cable set top converter boxes and televisions may be utilized. Preferably, a connector, library unit and an electronic book unit, or viewer unit, are used. The connector portion of the home subsystem receives the analog video signal and strips or extracts the text from the video. The home library stores the text signal, provides a user friendly software interface to the system and processes the transactions at the consumer home. The viewer provides a screen for viewing text or menus and novel user friendly controls. The viewer may also incorporate all the functionality of the home subsystem.
  • The viewing device is preferably a portable book shaped viewer which stores one or more electronic books for viewing and provides a screen for interacting with the home library unit. A high resolution LCD display is used to both read the books and to interact with the home library software. An optional phone connector or return-path cable connection initiates the telephone calls and, with the aid of the library, transmits the necessary data to complete the ordering and billing portion of the consumer transaction. The user friendly controls include a bookmark, current book and page turn button. The billing and collection system performs transaction management, authorizations, collections and publisher payments automatically utilizing the telephone system. Alternative ordering and billing methods and systems are described in detail in copending applications U.S. application Ser. No. 09/289,957, filed on Apr. 13, 1999, entitled ELECTRONIC BOOK ALTERNATIVE DELIVERY SYSTEMS, and U.S. application Ser. No. 09/289,956, filed on Apr. 13, 1999, entitled ELECTRONIC BOOK ALTERNATIVE DELIVERY METHODS.
  • In an embodiment, the primary components of the electronic book selection and delivery system 200 are an encoder 204, a video distribution system 208, a connector 212, and a text selector 216 as shown in FIG. 1. The encoder 204 places textual data on a video signal to form a composite video signal. Although the composite signal may contain only textual data, it usually carries both video and textual data. A variety of equipment and methods may be used to encode text data onto a video signal. The video distribution system 208 distributes the composite video signal from the single point of the encoder 204 to multiple locations which have connectors 212. The connector 212 receives the digital or analog video signal from the video distribution system 208 and separates, strips or extracts the text data from the composite video signal. If necessary, the extracted text data is converted into a digital bit stream. Text selector 216 works in connection with the connector 212 to select text.
  • Using a connector 212 and text selector 216 combination, various methods of selecting and retrieving desired text from a composite or video signal are possible. Text may be preselected, selected as received or selected after being received and stored. A preferred method is for the connector 212 to strip or extract all the text from the video signal and have the text selector 216 screen all the text as received from the connector 212. The text selector 216 only stores text in long term or permanent memory if the text passes a screening process described below.
  • An overview of the electronic book selection and delivery system 200 is shown in FIG. 2. The delivery system 200 includes: an operations center 250 including an uplink site 254, a video distribution system 208, a home system 258 including a video connector 212, a library 262, a viewer 266, and a phone connector 270, telephone system 274, an internet web site 279 and a billing and collection system 278. Also as shown in FIG. 2, the home system 258 may include connections to a television 259 and a personal computer 261. The television 259 and the personal computer 261 may be used to display menu screens, electronic books, electronic files, or any other information associated with the delivery system 200. In addition, the television 259 and the personal computer 261 may provide control function that replicate and supplement those of the viewer 266.
  • The operations center 250 receives textual material from outside sources 282 such as publishers, newspapers, and on-line services. Alternately, the outside sources may maintain electronic books at the Internet web site 279. The outside sources 282 may convert textual and graphical material to digital format, or may contract with another vendor to provide this service. The operations center 250 may receive the textual and graphical material in various digital formats and may convert the textual material to a standard compressed format for storage. In so doing, the operations center 250 may create a pool of textual material that is available to be delivered to the home system 258. The textual material may be grouped by books or titles for easy access.
  • As used herein, “book” means textual or graphical information such as contained in any novels, encyclopedias, articles, magazines or manuals. The term “title” may represent the actual title assigned by an author to a book, or any other designation indicating a particular group, portion, or category of textual information. The title may refer to a series of related textual information, a grouping of textual information, or a portion of textual data. For example, “Latest Harlequin Romance”, “Four Child Reading Books (Ages 10-12)”, “Encyclopedia ‘BRITANNICA’™”, “President's Speech”, “Instruction Manual”, “Schedule of 4th of July Events”, “Pet Handbooks”, “Roe v. Wade”, and “The Joy of Cooking” are suitable titles. Also, the title may be a graphical symbol or icon. Thus, a picture of a wrench may be a title for a repair book, a picture of a computer a title for a computer book, a graphical symbol of a telephone a title for a telephone book, a drawing of a dagger a title for a mystery book, a picture of a bat and ball a title for a sports book and a picture of tickertape a title for a business book. The term “electronic book” refers to the electronic counterpart to a “book.”
  • The operations center 250 includes an uplink site 254 for placing the text onto a video signal and sending the composite video signal into a video distribution system. The uplink site 254 would generally include an encoder 204 (not shown in FIG. 2) to encode the text onto a video signal.
  • Many analog and digital distribution systems 208, or other telecommunications systems, can be used with the delivery system 200, such as a cable television distribution system, a broadcast television distribution system, video distributed over telephone systems, distribution from the Internet, direct satellite broadcast distribution systems, and other wired and wireless distribution systems.
  • The home system 258 performs five primary functions: (1) connecting with a video distribution system, (2) selecting data, (3) storing data, (4) displaying data, and (5) handling transactions. An important optional function of the home sub-system 258 is communicating using a telephone communication system 274. The home system 258 is made up of primarily four parts: a video connector 212 or similar type of connector for connecting with the video distribution system 208, a library unit 262 for storing and processing, an electronic book, or viewer unit, 266 for viewing menus and text and a telephone connector 270 for connecting with a telephone communications system 274. In an alternate arrangement, the viewer 266 may include all the functionality of the home system 258.
  • The billing and collection system 278 may be co-located with the operations center 250 or located remote from the operations center 250. In an embodiment, the billing and collection system 278 is in communication with the home system 258 via telephone-type communication systems (for example 274). Any of a number of telephone type communication systems, such as, a cellular system, will operate with the billing and collection system 278. The billing and collection system 278 records the electronic books or portions of text that are selected or ordered by the subscriber. The collection system will charge a subscriber's credit account or bill the subscriber. In addition, the billing and collection system 278 will monitor that amount due to publishers or other outside sources 282 who have provided textual data or other services such as air time to enable the text delivery system 200 to operate.
  • When electronic books are provided via the Internet web site 279, the billing and collecting functions may be incorporated into the Internet web site 279. For example, a subscriber may pay for an electronic book selection by entering a credit card number into a data field of a page of the Internet web site 279. In this configuration, a separate billing and collection system may not be required.
  • FIG. 3 a is an expanded overview of a delivery plan 301 for the delivery system 200. The delivery plan 301 supports various types of subscribers and various billing systems. FIG. 3 a shows that publishers 282 will provide text transfer 302 to the operations center 250′ and receive payments 306 from the billing and collection system 278′. A separate channel uplink site 254′ is shown in this configuration receiving data 310 from the operations center 250′. The operations center 250′ has three separate sections (318, 322, 326) one for text receiving, formatting and re-entry 318, a second for security encoding 322 and a third section for catalog and messaging center functions 326.
  • The billing and collection system 278′ shown has two sections (330, 334) one for transaction management, authorizations and publisher payments 330, and the other for customer service 334. The customer service section 334 provides for data entry and access to customer account information. Transaction accounting information 338 is supplied to credit card companies 342 by the transaction management section 330 of the billing and collection system 278′. The credit card companies 342 provide billing 346 to customers either electronically or by mail.
  • Three methods for communicating between the subscriber base 348 and the billing and collection system 278′ are shown: by telephone switching 350 alone, cellular switching 354 and telephone switching 350 combined, and by use of the cable system 358 and the telephone switching 350. The system shown supports both one-way 362 and two-way cable communication 366 with subscribers. Public libraries and schools 370 as well as bookstores 374 may use the delivery system 301.
  • Public libraries and schools 370 would have a modified system to allow the viewer 266 to be checked-out or borrowed while bookstores 374 would rent or sell the viewer 266 and sell the electronic books. The bookstores 374 as well as the public libraries and schools 370 may be serviced by cable 378. Optional direct broadcast systems (DBS) 382 can also be used with the delivery system 200. The DBS 382 may provide the electronic books using digital satellite technology, with the electronic books being received via a backyard satellite antenna, for example.
  • FIG. 3 b is an alternate delivery plan 301′ that provides for electronic book selection and delivery using the Internet. In FIG. 3 b, the publishers 282 provide the electronic books to be posted at the Internet web site 279. The publishers may convert the text and graphical data to digital format, compress the digital data, and upload the compressed digital data to the Internet web site 279. Alternately, the publishers 282 may arrange for an outside conversion activity 283 to convert the text and graphical data to digital format. The conversion activity 283 may then provide the digital data to the Internet web site 279. For example, a large on-line bookstore could gather publications in electronic form from a variety of publishers, or could convert hard-copy books to electronic form, and post the electronic books on the Internet such as at the Internet web site 279.
  • The electronic books may then be transferred via a public switched telephone network (PSTN), for example, direct to a subscriber 285, a library 286 and a bookstore 287. The library 286 and the bookstore 287 may also provide electronic books to the subscriber 285.
  • I. The Operations Center
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic of an operations center 250 which includes an uplink 254. The operations center 250 gathers text or books by receiving, formatting, storing, and encoding. A data stream 302 containing text is received at the operations center 250 by a data receiver 402. The data receiver 402 is under the control of a processor 404. After reception, the data stream is formatted using digital logic for formatting 406 which is also under the control of the processor 404. If any additional text is being generated at the operation center 250 locally for insertion into the distributed signal, the text generation is handled through text generator hardware 410 which may include a data receiver and a keyboard (not shown). Following processing by the text generator 410, the additional text can be added to the text received by the combining hardware 414 that includes digital logic circuitry (not shown).
  • The processing at the operations center 250 is controlled by a processor 404 which uses an instruction memory 416. The processor 404 and instruction memory 416 may be supplied by a personal computer or mini-computer. To perform the catalog and messaging functions, the operations center 250 uses a catalog and message memory 420 and the text generator 410 if necessary.
  • The data stream of text, catalog and messages is preferably encoded by security module encoding 424 prior to being sent to the uplink module 254. Various encoding techniques may be used by the security encoding module 424 such as the commercial derivative of NSA's encryption algorithm (Data Encryption System (DES)) and General Instrument's DigiCipher II. Following encoding, the encoded text may be stored in text memory 428 prior to being sent to the uplink 254. A first-in-first-out text memory arrangement may be used under the control of the processor 404. Various types of memory may be used for the text memory 428 including RAM. The operations center 250 may use file server technology for the text memory 428 to catalog and spool electronic books for transmission as is described below.
  • To transmit textual data (i.e., electronic books), the delivery system 208 uses high bandwidth transmission techniques such as those defined by the North American Broadcast Teletext Standard (NABTS) and the World System Teletext (WST) standard. Using the WST format (where each line of the Vertical Blanking Interval contains 266 data bits), a four hundred page book, for example, may be transmitted during programming using four lines of the Vertical Blanking Interval at a rate of approximately one book every 1.6 minutes (63,840 bits per second). Alternatively, electronic books may be transmitted over a dedicated channel, which interrupts programming so that 246 lines of video can be used to transmit approximately 2,250 books every hour (3.9 Mbits per second). A teletext type format is the simplest but possibly the slowest text format to use with the delivery system 200. In either event, an encoder 204 is utilized at an uplink site 254 to insert textual data into the analog video signal. In many other respects, the delivery of the textual information is completed using existing cable television plant and equipment.
  • FIG. 5 a is a flowchart of the steps involved in processing text from the publisher or provider 282 that occurs at the operations center 250. As shown in block 500, the publisher 282 processes data files of text for books, compresses, encrypts and sends the data files to the operations center 250 or uplink 254. Text files for books are preferably sent one book at a time. As shown in block 504, the uplink 254 or operations center 250 receives and processes the data stream from the publisher 282. Generally, part of this processing includes encryption and error correction.
  • As shown in block 508, files are broken into smaller packets of information. Header information is added to the packets. The bit stream is converted from a serial digital bit stream to an analog bit stream that is compatible with an NTSC video signal. Block 512 shows the switching of analog data into the video lines of a video signal. The analog data is generally placed either in the VBI or the active video lines. In some instances, it may be preferable to utilize unused portions of bandwidth (such as 5-40 MHZ, 70-75 MHZ, 100-109 MHZ or other guard bands) instead of the video lines.
  • FIG. 5 b is an example of a hardware configuration to perform some of the functions for blocks 508 and 512. A video feed 516 is received and processed through a sync stripper 520. The stripped sync signal 532 is used by the digital logic control 524. The digital logic control 524 receives the sync signal 532 and a serial digital bit stream 528 for processing. The digital logic control 524 passes the serial digital bit stream to the Digital to Analog converter 536 and outputs a control signal 540 for the video switch 544. The video switch 544 integrates the video feed 516 and analog data stream 548 into a video feed with analog data signal inserted 552.
  • As an alternative to cable, satellite, broadcast, or other television delivery methods, the public telephone system may be used to transmit books to the subscribers. An average electronic book would take about 7 minutes to transmit over the public telephone system. Using the telephone system, it is not necessary to combine video and text into a composite signal. In most other respects, the operation center would remain similar whether text delivery was by telephone or cable. File server technology (such as that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,262,875, entitled AUDIO/VIDEO FILE SERVER INCLUDING DECOMPRESSION/PLAYBACK MEANS, issued to Mincer, et al., and, U.S. Pat. No. 5,218,695, entitled FILE SERVER SYSTEM HAVING HIGH-SPEED WRITE EXECUTION, issued to Noveck, et al., incorporated herein by reference) may be used at the operation center with a telephone system text delivery method.
  • As another alternative to cable, television, and telephone system delivery, the public telephone system may be used to provide access to the Internet, where the Internet web site 279 may be accessed. Electronic books may be ordered, paid for, and delivered directly from the Internet web site 279 over the telephone system.
  • In any delivery system using the telephone system, individual subscribers may increase the electronic book deliver rate by incorporating high speed modems or other communication devices such as an Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) connector, or by use of an Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL)
  • II. The Home System
  • The hardware configuration for a four component home system 258 is shown in FIG. 6 a. FIG. 6 b shows a hardware configuration for a two component home system. The hardware components may also be incorporated into a single unit that communicates with a terminal in a television delivery system or with a telephone system by use of a modem, for example. The home system 258 performs several functions, such as receiving data and video transmissions, stripping (or extracting) the data from the video signal, screening and storing the data, providing user friendly interface controls and software, displaying menus and text, processing transactions, initiating telephone calls and transmitting billing data. Various hardware configurations may be utilized to achieve the desired functions of the home system 258. For example, as shown in FIG. 6 b, the home system 258 can be configured to utilize the reception and channel tuning capability of the current installed subscriber base of cable converter boxes and televisions 601. The home system 258 can also be designed as an advanced set top terminal converter box with menu generation capability, electronic memory and a telephone modem as described in section V below.
  • The electronic components which make up the home system 258 can be arranged in a variety of ways. In the four unit system of FIG. 6 a the viewer 266 and library unit 262 are wired together while the remaining components communicate through RF transceivers 604. In a simple version of the home system 258 there are only two units, the library unit 262 and a viewer 266. FIG. 6 b shows a two unit home system 258 with certain optional features. Finally, all the functionality of the home system 258 may be incorporated into one electronic book unit, or viewer.
  • The viewer 266 is generally equipped with a high resolution viewing area 602, digital logic (including a key 605, security 606, and a microprocessor 621), video graphics control and memory 607, power supply circuitry 602 (not shown), an optional battery 603 and an optional RF transceiver 604. In a two unit arrangement, the library unit 262 contains the connector function to the video distribution system 208, connector function to a public telephone communications system, and memory 600 (which may be removable and portable 600′). More specifically, the library unit 262 would include data stripping functions 617, digital logic 609, memory storage 600, power circuitry 610, optional telephone connections 611 (including cellular or PCN 611′), optional battery (not shown), optional tuner module 613 and an optional RF transceiver 604. The video connector 212 and the public telephone system connection 270, as well as the removable portable memory unit 600 of the library unit 262 may be broken out into separate components. (FIG. 6 b shows a removable portable hard disk memory 600′ with removable cartridges 614.) Finally, the home system 258 may include an attached keyboard 267 or a wireless keyboard 268. Both the attached keyboard 267 and the wireless keyboard 268 may be used to communicate with the viewer 266 (not shown) or the library unit 262.
  • The wireless keyboard 268 may communicate via radio frequency (RF) signaling, for example. Therefore, the home system 258 may have as many as six separate components which communicate with each other. The two, three, four, five or six separate components which make up the home system 258 can communicate with each other in a variety of ways, including hardwired connection 615, RF transceiver 604, and other wireless methods.
  • RF communications are preferred in the home because they allow separate components to be located throughout the home without restriction. The data communicated between the units is preferably secure data. In addition, the library unit 262 may provide power to the viewer 266 through the hardwired connection 615.
  • Alternatively, a single unit may perform all of the home system 258 functions. The single unit should use light-weight materials, including a light-weight battery. A single unit eliminates the need to communicate (externally) between units. The single unit is less expensive and eliminates duplicative processing, memory storage and power circuitry.
  • To receive and strip the data from the video signal at the consumer's home, either a cable interface device or cable connector 212 is used. The cable connector device includes a tuner 613, while the cable interface device makes use of existing tuning equipment in the home. In either configuration, data is stripped from the video signal and stored at the subscriber's location in the library unit 262. The phone connector 270, and modem 611 initiate telephone calls and transmit ordering and billing information to the operations center 250 or billing and collection system 278. Alternatively, the phone connector 270 and the modem 611 may be used to provide access to the Internet to order and receive electronic books from an Internet web site. A digital connector 619 is provided to communicate digital information with the set top 601. The library unit 262 is the intelligent component of the home system, incorporating the hardware and software necessary to store the text data, generate menus and effect the purchase transactions. In addition to an RF transceiver 604, the library unit 262 also includes the necessary jacks and connections to allow the delivery system 200 to be connected to the viewer 266. As shown in FIG. 6 b, the library 262 communicates the text data (electronic book) to the viewer 266 in a secure format which requires a key 605 for decryption. The text is generally only decrypted page by page just before viewing.
  • a. The Video Connector
  • FIG. 7 shows the flow of the processes performed by the video connector 212. The video connector receives the video signal 608, tunes to the channel containing the text data 612, strips the text data from the video signal 616, and communicates the text data stream to logic components in the library 620.
  • The connection to the video distribution system is preferably a cable connector to a cable television delivery system, as shown in FIG. 6 b. The cable connector includes a data stripper circuit 617, which accepts video input from either a set top converter, TV or VCR 601, or an optional tuner block 613 that receives the CATV signal through the cable connector 212′. The data stripper circuit 617 strips data out of the video, and outputs a digital bit stream to the digital logic portion 609 of the library unit 262. The data is embedded in the video signal either in the vertical blanking interval or the active video portion in an encrypted and compressed format. The data stripper circuit 617 can be placed inside the set top converter box 601, TV, or in the library unit. The data stripper circuit 617 outputs the digital bit stream to be used by the library digital logic 609.
  • The video connector 212 may also contain a channel tuner module 613 that can tune to the video channel and provide access to the video that contains the data to be stripped. Using the optional tuner module 613, a set top converter, VCR, or TV tuner is not needed in the home system. The optional tuner module 613 would instead receive the CATV signal directly through the cable connector 212.
  • b. Library
  • An embodiment of the library unit 262 for a two unit home system 258 is shown in both FIG. 6 b and FIG. 8. The embodiment shown includes the following optional parts: the video connector 212, phone connector 270, RF transceiver 604, and battery pack 624 in addition to a removal portable memory 600′, microprocessor 628, instruction memory unit 632, digital logic 636, and power unit 640.
  • The library unit 262 contains a digital logic section 609 (not shown in FIG. 8) which includes the microprocessor 628, the digital logic 636 and the instruction memory unit 632. The microprocessor 628 is preferably a secure microprocessor such as the Mot SC21 device sold by Motorola. The digital logic section 609 will receive the serial digital bit stream from the data stripper circuit 617 and process the data. Error correction will also be performed by the digital logic section 609 and the data will be checked for proper address. If the address of the data is correct and the library unit 262 is authorized to receive the data, the data will be transferred to the memory storage unit 600, 600′. Authorization to receive the data is provided by the cable headend or another distribution point. An authorization code may be sent in the serial digital bit stream. The digital logic section 609 will send appropriate text and graphical data to the memory storage unit 600, 600′. It transfers this data in a compressed and encrypted format and the data remains stored in a compressed and encrypted format.
  • i. Memory Storage Unit
  • The memory storage unit of the library may be a removable portable memory unit 600′ (as shown in FIGS. 6 a, 6 b and 8). A variety of options are available for memory storage: a hard disk drive, a hard disk with removable platters, and a CD ROM, or a MEMORY STICK™. Referring to FIG. 6 b, a hard disk drive unit 600′ which contains removable platters may also be used. This would provide virtually unlimited library storage capacity. Data (i.e., electronic book files) may be stored in the memory storage unit in a compressed and encrypted format. As is also shown in FIG. 6 b, the data may also contain a key or unique ID number that matches the ID or key of the viewer 266. This matching of a unique key or ID number prevents unauthorized transfer of text data from the memory storage unit to an unauthorized viewer. Small memory devices such as smart cards, electronic memory cards or PCMCIA cards (personal computer memory card industry association) may also be used to store the data.
  • ii. Power Circuitry
  • As shown in FIGS. 6 b and 8, the library unit 262 may accept power from either AC wall power 610, DC power 640, or optional battery power 624. The power circuitry 610, 640 may provide all the voltage necessary from either the battery 624 or AC unit for the various circuitry in the library. The power circuitry 610, 640 may also provide power to the viewer 266 through a single data cable when connected to the viewer. The power circuitry 610, 640 will recharge the battery using AC power when in operation. With the optional battery unit 624 installed, the library unit 262 becomes a portable unit and can still provide power to the viewer 266. In order to extend battery life, power conservation measures may be utilized, such as shutting down the memory system when not in use. When the viewer 266 is being utilized and the library circuitry is not being utilized, virtually all power may be shut down to the library unit 262.
  • iii. Connection to the Public Telephone System
  • The connection to the telephone system may be provided by a modem 611. Various available modems may be used to perform this function. As shown in FIG. 6 b, cellular phone or PCN phone connections 611′ may also be provided. When the home system 258 is first initialized, the modem may be used to transfer the name and credit card information of the consumer to the billing and collection system 278. The telephone connection 270 may be utilized each time an electronic book is purchased by a consumer to complete and record the transaction. The telephone connection 270 may also be used as a means for receiving the electronic books from the operations center 250 or from an Internet web site, by-passing the video distribution system 208. The phone connection 270 may be a separate unit as shown in FIG. 6 b.
  • iv. Library Processing
  • FIG. 9 shows an example of some basic processing performed by the library unit 262 on the data stream 651 received from the video connector 212 or stripper circuit 617. First the data stream 651 is checked for error correction by block 650. If an error is detected, block 654 de-interleaves the data followed by block 658 running a FEC (Forward Error Correcting) algorithm. The combination of block 650, 654 and 658 perform the error correction needed on the data stream. If no error correction is necessary the data proceeds to block 662 where packets are individually checked for packet address.
  • If the address is a unique address, block 666 checks whether the address of the packet matches the library box ID number. The library box ID number is a unique number associated with that library unit 262 which is used to ensure security of the data. Block 670 determines whether an electronic file has already been opened into which the data packet can be saved. If no data file has been opened then block 674 opens a new data file for that packet. If an electronic file has been opened, then the packet is saved in that electronic file on disk, block 678. Next, the process checks to see if this is the last packet for a particular book for a particular textual data block being received 682. If it is the last packet of information, then the electronic file is closed and the directory of available electronic files is updated 686. Following either block 682 or 686, the process returns to receive another data packet from the data stream received from the data stripper block.
  • If the packet address is checked and the address is determined to be a broadcast address, the process determines the type of message that is being sent 690. The message may be an index of book titles, menu (and menu graphics) information, announcements, special offerings, discounts, promotions, previews etc. The message is then stored in appropriate electronic message file 694 and the process is returned to block 650 to receive another data packet and perform another error check.
  • Using the process of FIG. 9, the library unit 262 is able to receive, store and update directories related to the textual data and graphical data (that can be used to depict pictures in a given book or to generate menus). Variations of the processes are possible depending on the format of the data and operating system of the library unit 262.
  • FIG. 10 shows an example of the processing of information requests from the viewer 266 at the library unit 262. Information requests from the viewer 266 are received either through the cable connecting the viewer 266 to the library unit 262 or through wireless transmissions such as RF. It is possible in some embodiments for subscribers' requests to come from a set top terminal 602 (see Section V).
  • Information requests received from the viewer 266 generally fall into three categories: (1) directory data of electronic books stored in the library unit 262, (2) index of all available electronic books on the system, and (3) requests for a specific electronic book (Block 700). A get directory process 704 answers a request from the viewer 266 for a directory of data showing the electronic books stored at the viewer 266. The directory of data is sent to the viewer 266 so that it may be displayed to the subscriber. A get index process 708 handles requests from the viewer 266 for an index of all available electronic books on the home system 258. The library unit 262 will obtain an index of all the available books on the system and transmit that index, process 712, with menu information to the viewer 266. An open file process 716 replies to a request from the viewer 266 for a specific electronic book. The library unit 262 opens an electronic file for the specific electronic book requested by the viewer 266 and transmits the record or transmits the information 720 on a packet-by-packet basis to the viewer 266. This process of transmitting the specific electronic book, record, or packets to the viewer 266 continues until the last record or packet has been sent, 724.
  • In addition to the processes shown on FIG. 10 in handling a request for a specific electronic book, the library unit 262 also orders and receives specific electronic books from the operations center 250 using the process as described in the open file process 716. Following a request for a specific electronic book which is not stored at the library unit 262, the library unit 262 will proceed to determine the next available time the electronic book will be on the video distribution system 208 and ensure reception and storage of that electronic book (process not shown). In performing this process the library unit 262 will transmit to the viewer 266 information on when it will obtain the text data for the electronic book so that the subscriber may view the electronic book. In addition to timing information, price and other ordering information may also be passed by the library unit 262 to the subscriber.
  • c. The Viewer
  • FIG. 11 is a block diagram of the viewer 266 showing its internal components. The viewer 266 of FIG. 11 is similar to the viewer 266 depicted in FIG. 6 b. The viewer 266 is designed to physically resemble a bound book. The viewer 266 is made up of five primary components and six optional components: (1) LCD display 602, (2) digital circuitry (not shown), (3) video graphics controller 607′, (4) controls 740, (5) book memory 728, (6) optional power supply circuitry 736, (7) optional battery 603′, (8) optional RF transceiver 604, (9) optional cellular or mobile communicator (608), (10) optional keyboards 267 and 268, and (11) a speaker/microphone 608′.
  • (1) A high resolution LCD screen 602, preferably of VGA quality, is used by the viewer 266 to display text and graphic images. The screen is preferably the size of one page of a book. A two page screen or two screens may also be used with the viewer 266.
  • (2) Digital circuitry that includes a secure microprocessor 621, instruction memory 732, and digital logic. Data is transferred to the viewer 266 in compressed and encrypted format. The secure microprocessor 621 compares the ID number of the viewer 266 with the incoming data stream and only stores the text data if the ID number of the viewer 266 matches that within the incoming data stream. It is preferred that the viewer 266 not output text data or other data and that the data is decompressed and decrypted only at the moment of viewing and only for the current page being viewed. These measures are preferred because they provide additional security against unauthorized access to data.
  • (3) A video graphics controller 607′ that is capable of assisting and displaying VGA quality text and graphic images is included in the viewer 266. The graphics controller 607′ is controlled by the digital circuitry described above. Text may be displayed in multiple font sizes.
  • (4) The viewer 266 of FIG. 11 has touch panel controls 740. These unique and novel controls 740 allow the consumer to select stored electronic books and electronic books from catalogues, move a cursor, and turn pages in a book. Typically, preferred controls 740 include forward and reverse page buttons 742, 741, a ball (or trackball) 743 for cursor movement, one or more selection buttons 745, a current book button 747 and a bookmark button 749 (see FIG. 14 a).
  • The controls 740 should be easy to use and conveniently located. Referring to FIG. 14 a, the controls for the viewer 266 may be located below the screen 602 at the bottom portion of the viewer 266. The next page turn button 742 is the most used button 740 and may be located towards the right edge of the page. The subscriber is likely to use right hand thumb movements to work the controls particularly the page turn buttons 741, 742. Therefore, it is preferred that the buttons be arranged in such a manner that the buttons are easily controlled by a subscriber's right thumb. Generally, this can be accommodated either on the lower portion of the viewer 266 (as shown) or along the right hand margin of the viewer 266 (not shown). The current book button 747 and bookmark button 749 are usually the least used of the controls 740. Therefore, in the example shown those buttons 747, 749 are located on the inside portion towards the binder of the viewer 266.
  • Locating the ball 743 or other cursor movement device (such as four pointer arrows—not shown) in the bottom center of the viewer 266 is both easier for the subscriber to use and easier in manufacturing the viewer 266. The selection buttons for the cursor 745 are preferably located below the middle diameter of the cursor ball 743 on the right and left sides of the ball as shown. If pointer arrows are used for cursor movement, a selection button 745 may be located in the center of the four arrow buttons (not shown). Again, the most used controls should be located where a subscriber's right hand thumb would normally rest.
  • (5) Book memory 728 for at least one electronic book or more of text is included in the viewer 266. The memory 728 stores text and any graphics which represent pictures in a book. The memory 728 can also store menu graphics data. Two different memory 728 devices may be used in the viewer 266, one for the instructions for the microprocessor 621 in the digital circuitry and a second type of memory may be used for the book memory 728 (and graphics). Various memory devices available on the market may be used such as, ROM, RAM or a small hard disk. Since an electronic book requires approximately 0.6 megabytes of storage, a small hard disk providing approximately 60 MBytes of storage provides memory to store approximately 100 electronic books. The large hard disk drives currently available allow for storage of thousands of electronic books.
  • Text for books may be displayed in various font sizes. To accommodate various fonts for display, a variety of fonts are stored in instruction 732 or book memory 728. Thus larger or smaller fonts may be recalled from memory 621, 728 to create displays desired by the subscriber.
  • (6) Power supply circuitry 736 in the viewer 266 will accept power from either an AC power source or from an optional battery 603′, or the library unit 262. The power supply circuitry 736 provides the necessary voltages to accommodate the various systems within the viewer 266.
  • (7) An optional battery 603′ is provided in a preferred embodiment. The battery 603′ is automatically recharged when AC power is available.
  • (8) An optional RF transceiver 604 which provided two-way data link between the viewer 266 and other components of the home system can also be included in the viewer 266.
  • (9) Also, the viewer 266 may include a cellular transceiver for mobile communications.
  • (10) The optional wired (attached) keyboard 267 and wireless (e.g., RF) keyboard 268 (see FIG. 6 a) may be used with the viewer 266 to provide communications between the subscriber and the viewer 266.
  • (11) The speaker and microphone 608′ allow the viewer 266 to provide audio signals to the subscriber, and allow the subscriber to provide an audio input. The speaker and microphone 608′ may be used in conjunction with the cellular transceiver 608 or other telecommunications equipment to provide for reception and transmission of telephony and data.
  • The viewer 266 of FIG. 11 has parts available for providing connections to: a library 744, electronic card memory 748, CD ROM units 752, and a portable memory unit 756 (such as that shown in FIG. 6 b 600′). Various electronic memory cards such as PCMCIA can be used with this viewer 266.
  • Security, low power consumption and excellent display technology are desired features of the viewer 266 design. The viewer 266 should be lightweight and portable. The viewer 266 contains a software operating system that allows electronic books to be stored, read and erased and includes the capability to order electronic books and retain them in memory 728 for a predefined period of time determined by the system operator. The software can be configured to allow the electronic book to be read during a period of time (i.e., two weeks) and then automatically erased, read once and erased, or held in memory permanently. Each viewer 266 has a unique key 605. All of the data storage is encrypted with the key 605 for an individual viewer 266 to prevent more than one viewer 266 accessing the text file or electronic book file.
  • FIG. 12 is a flow diagram of some of the processes executed by the viewer 266. Generally, the viewer 266 receives inputs from the subscriber through touch panel controls 740. Alternately, the viewer 266 receives inputs from a touchscreen display, the attached keyboard 267, or the remote keyboard 268. The subscriber's information requests are then processed through an information request process 800 by the viewer 266.
  • If the subscriber requests a menu of available electronic books, a select available book process 804 will select a book menu. An open file process 808 will open the electronic files which list the electronic books that are available (related to the category of topic of the menu) and display the menu with the names of the available electronic books.
  • If the subscriber selects a particular electronic book to read, then a select a book process 812 will process the selection and determine the electronic file that contains the specific electronic book. An open file process 816 will open the file for that specific book and normally access the first page. (If a pointer has already been set in that electronic book's file, the process may default to that page.) A decision process 820 will then determine which page needs to be displayed. The decision process 820 will determine whether a next page, previous page or a book marked page needs to be displayed. If the pointer for the electronic file is not in the correct location then a get previous page process 828 will move the pointer and obtain the previous page of data from the stored file. Otherwise, a get next page process 824 will normally obtain the next page of text from the stored electronic file. A decrypt and decompress process 832 will decrypt and decompress the text data and send the data to the video display. The video display will generally have a video display memory associated with it and the decrypt and decompress process 832 will send the data directly to that video display memory. The circuitry for the display then completes the process of displaying the page of text.
  • If the subscriber, through the controls 740, requests (from the information request process 800) that the power be turned off, then a process, 836, of turning the power off will be initiated. A save pointer process 840 saves the pointer in memory to the page number in the book that the viewer 266 is currently reading. A close files process 844 closes all the electronic files and signals the power circuitry to shut down the power to the various circuits in the viewer 266. The subscriber may also use the controls 740 to access other electronic files using electronic links embedded in a particular electronic file. An electronic link system will be described later in detail.
  • With these examples of basic processes the viewer 266 is able to display book selections and display text from those books.
  • d. Menu System
  • Referring generally to FIG. 13, the delivery system 200 may have a menu system 851 for selecting features and electronic books from the delivery system 200. The operating software and memory required for the menu system 851 may be located at the viewer 266 (e.g., the instruction memory 732 and/or book memory 728). However, it may also be located at the library unit 262 (e.g., the instruction memory 632) or the library unit 262 and the viewer 266 can share the software and memory needed to operate the menu system 851. Since the menus are usually displayed on the viewer 266 and it is preferred that the viewer 266 be capable of operating in the absence of the library unit 262, the basic software and memory to create the menus is more conveniently located at the viewer 266.
  • The menu system 851 allows sequencing between menus and provides menu graphics for graphical displays such as on the LCD display 602 of the viewer 266. In a system which uses a set top converter these menus may also be displayed on a television screen. In the simplest embodiment, the menus provide basic text information from which the subscriber makes choices. In more sophisticated embodiments, the menus provide visual displays with graphics and icons to assist the subscriber.
  • FIG. 13 depicts a menu system 851 with sequencing. The primary menus in the system are an introductory menu 850, a main menu 854 and various submenus 858. In the embodiment shown, there are three levels of submenus 858. In certain instances one or two submenus 858 is sufficient to easily direct the subscriber to the selection or information requested. However, there are features in which three or more submenus 858 make the user interface more friendly for the subscriber. Each level of submenus 858 may consist of multiple possible menus for display. The particular menu displayed depends on the selection by the subscriber on the previous shown menu. An example of this tree sequence of one to many menus are the help submenus 887, 888. Depending upon the specific help requested, a different level two help menu is displayed to the subscriber.
  • An example of an introductory menu 850 is shown on FIG. 14 a. Generally the introductory menu 850 introduces the viewer 266 to the system and provides initial guidance, announcements and instruction. The introductory menu 850 is followed by a main menu 854, an example of which is shown in FIG. 14 b. The main menu provides the viewer 266 with the basic selection or features available in the system. FIG. 14 b is an example of a main menu 854 offering many additional features and submenus 858 to the subscriber. For example, FIG. 14 b shows that the viewer 266 is able to choose by a point and click method, many options including: (1) free previews, (2) books you can order, (3) books in your library, (4) your current book, (5) help, (6) on-line services and (6) other system features. Following a selection on the main menu 854, a corresponding submenu 858 is shown.
  • FIG. 13 shows thirteen available primary or first level submenus. They are (1) account set up 862, (2) free previews 866, (3) book suggestion entries 855, (4) books in your library 872, (5) books you can order 878, (6) your current book 884, (7) help 887, (8) available features 890, (9) messages 893, (10) account information 896, (11) outgoing message submenu 898, (12) show links 970, and (13) create links 980. FIG. 14 c is an example of a first level submenu for electronic books in your library 872. This “Book In Your Library” example submenu 872 shows six available electronic books by title and author and provides the subscriber with the ability to check a different shelf of books 874 or return to the main menu 854. FIGS. 14 d and 14 e show example submenus 858 for electronic books that may be ordered using the “Books You Can Order” submenu 878.
  • FIG. 14 f is an example of an order selection and confirmation menu 880′, which provides a “soft keyboard” 975 for the subscriber to use in placing an electronic book order and which confirms the subscriber's order. In this particular example, the subscriber is required to enter a PIN number to complete the subscriber's order. The “soft keyboard” 975 could be configured as a full alpha-numeric keyboard, and may be used by the subscriber to add additional information related to a book order. An alpha-numeric or similar password may be used to ensure the subscriber is an authorized subscriber. In an embodiment, the subscriber confirms an order with a PIN or password and then receives a final confirmation screen. The final confirmation screen is primarily text and may state: Your book order is now being processed via CABLE.
      • Your book will be delivered overnight and your VISA account will be charged $2.95.
      • Your book will be available for reading at 6:00 AM EST tomorrow. Make sure that:
        • 1. your Library Unit and Cable Connection Unit are plugged in with aerials up tonight; and
        • 2. you tune your cable converter to THE BOOK Channel. The TV set does not have to remain on.
          or similar language.
  • Examples of the “Account Set Up Menu” 862 and further submenus 858 related to account set up (which provide instructions and account input 864) are shown in FIG. 14 g and FIG. 14 h. These submenus 858 allow initialization of an account at the operations center 250 and orders to be charged to credit cards. The submenus 858 include the ability to enter data related to your desired PIN number or password, credit cards, phone numbers, etc. It is preferred that the account set up be performed using the telephone system. A confirmation menu verifies that the account has been properly set up with the desired PIN or password and credit card.
  • Free previews for books 866 are also provided by submenus (868, 870). Examples of the free preview menus are shown in FIG. 14 i and FIG. 14 j. FIG. 14 i shows a menu depicting various electronic books for which previews are available for viewing. Following an electronic book selection, a screen submenu showing an excerpt of the selected electronic book cover's description is provided along with an excerpt from a critic's review of the selected electronic book. In a preferred embodiment, this preview screen for a particular electronic book also allows the subscriber to select a submenu which provides information about the author. The book preview submenu may also include a still video picture or graphics portraying a book cover or a scene from the electronic book. An example of such a still video picture or graphics is shown in FIG. 14 j which depicts a preview screen 870 about the author. The video may also be provided according to MPEG standards as a short moving video clip. Such a clip could be an interview with the author, for example. The author's preview screen 870 shows a picture of the author, provides a short biography, and may allow the subscriber to order the author's books. The price for ordering the authors various electronic books may also be shown on the menu. Alternatively, the previews may be provided through an electronic link system, which is described in detail in copending U.S. application Ser. No. 09/237,828, filed on Jan. 27, 1999, entitled ELECTRONIC BOOK ELECTRONIC LINKS, the disclosures of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • In addition to free previews, in more sophisticated embodiments, the delivery system 200 provides the subscriber with an electronic book suggestion feature (see 855). This is accomplished using the menu system 851 and the processor with associated memory located at the viewer 266, library unit 262 or at the distribution point (1020 or 250). When necessary, information for the program suggestion feature is sent in the text data of the composite or video signal to the home system 258. With this feature, books or authors are suggested to a subscriber based upon historical data of the subscriber's previous orders, demographics or mood of the subscriber, other indicators, and/or by text word searches.
  • In a book suggestion embodiment, text word searches of preview information (such as book cover descriptions, critics reviews and biographies about the author) and/or text of books or other titles are performed by the library unit 262 using databases stored in the library memory 600. Personalized book or author suggestions are made to the subscriber by obtaining information from the subscriber indicative of general subscriber interests. Subscriber entries are solicited from the subscriber preferably using the electronic book suggestion entries submenu 855. The system uses these subscriber entries either directly or indirectly to search for books or authors to suggest to the subscriber.
  • Generally, the book suggestion methods may be categorized into two categories, either responsive methods (which respond to a series of subscriber menu entries), or intelligent methods (which analyze data to suggest an electronic book). Using a responsive or intelligent method, the delivery system 200 determines a list of suggested titles or authors and creates a second or third level submenu 856, 857 to suggest the titles for subscriber selection.
  • Responsive methods of suggesting titles include, for example, the use of mood questions, searching for authors, and keyword searching. Using the instruction memory 732 and menu generation hardware (e.g., 607) of the viewer 266, a series of mood questions can be presented on menus to determine a subscribers interest at a particular time. For this methodology, the operations center's 250 processor 404 and instruction memory 416 assign each title mood indicators (and subindicators) from a group such as light, serious, violent, short, long, dull, exciting, complex, easy-read, young theme, old theme, adventure, romance, drama, fiction, science-fiction, etc. These indicators are sent to the home system 258 with the text data and are stored in library memory 600. Based upon the subscriber entries, the processor 404 associates a set of indicators with the subscriber's request and a set of electronic books with matching indicators are located for suggesting to the subscriber.
  • Responsive searches for authors or keywords (a search word provided by the subscriber) are generally performed by the library processor 628 and instruction memory 632 on data stored in the library memory 600. For example, a keyword given by the subscriber may be searched for a match in library memory 600 storing the book reviews, critics and previews databases. Thus, if a subscriber provided an entry of the word “submarine” on an appropriate submenu, the title “Hunt For Red October” may be located by the library processor 628 using instruction from a routine in the instruction memory 632.
  • Intelligent methods of suggesting programs include analyzing personal profile data on the subscriber and/or historical data about the subscriber such as past books ordered by the subscriber (or buy data). This method is preferred in a book on demand system and can be performed at the distribution point or operations center 250 by the on-site processor 404 using subscriber databases stored in memory 428. The home system 258 receives the text data including program suggestion information from the distribution point or operations center 250 and generates the program suggestion submenus 855, 856, 857 using the same text data receiving 212 and viewer menu generation hardware (e.g., 607, 621) described above. Software routines and algorithms stored in instruction memories (e.g. 632, 732) are used to analyze historical data and book ordered data to determine a line of books to suggest to the subscriber.
  • The algorithms for this powerful feature of suggesting books or authors to subscribers are disclosed in great detail in U.S. Pat. No. 5,559,549, entitled REPROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL FOR SUGGESTING PROGRAMS OFFERED ON A TELEVISION PROGRAM DELIVERY SYSTEM, issued Sep. 24, 1996, and are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Referring to FIG. 13, submenus 858 are shown on the “Books In Your Library” submenu 872 and are preferably broken into shelf numbers with submenus for each shelf 874, 876. The submenus 858 for the “Books You Can Order” submenu 878 is similarly broken out into submenus by shelves 880, 882. These shelves may each be a category or genre of books. Electronic books may be grouped into categories such as best sellers, novels, fiction, romance, etc. See FIG. 14 d.
  • Referring to FIG. 13, the submenu 858 for “Your Current Book” 884 allows a subscriber to select a current book 884 and then determine what page to view. This selection is confirmed with a level two submenu 885. The help submenu 887 provides the subscriber with additional help screens 888. The submenus 858 for available features 890 are preferably broken out into a sequence of separate submenus for each feature 891, 892.
  • Referring to FIG. 13, messages can also be sent with the delivery system 200. A level one message screen provides the subscriber with the ability to select from various messages the subscriber has pending 893. Each message is then shown on a separate submenu screen 894, 895. The message may contain text and graphics.
  • Referring to FIG. 13, account information is shown on a level one submenu 896 and then follow-on submenus 858 show the recent orders and your account balance 897. There is also a level one submenu for outgoing messages 898 which has a follow-on submenu used as an input screen 899.
  • In addition to the specific features and submenus described in FIG. 13 and FIG. 14 a through FIG. 14 j, many other variations and features are possible. When a book is finally selected for viewing the title page 886 will appear on the screen followed by a page of text.
  • III. The Billing and Collection System
  • The billing and collection system 278 (shown in FIGS. 2 and 3) utilizes the latest technology in electronic transaction and telephone switching to track orders, authorize deliveries, bill consumers, and credit publishers automatically. The telephone calls initiated by the phone connector 270 are received by the billing and collection system 278 which responds immediately without human intervention by placing the order and charging the consumers credit card account. Data is compiled periodically and publishers 282 are credited for sales of their books or other text. The billing and collection system 278 may also connect with subscribers through two-way cable connections, cellular, or other communication means.
  • In an embodiment, the billing and collection system 278 communicate with the operations center 250 to track changes in available books and to provide statistical data to the operations center 250.
  • IV. Public Library, School, and Bookstore System
  • The electronic book system can be modified to be used at public libraries, schools and bookstores. FIG. 15 shows one possible arrangement of components for a public library, school or bookstore location. The main unit at a public library, school or bookstore is the file server 900. The file server 900 is a large electronic memory unit that can store thousands of electronic books. Various electronic storage means may be used in the file servers, such as hard disks, read-write CD ROMs and read-only CD ROMs.
  • The system comprises five components; the file server 900, a converter or video connector 904, a controller 908, a viewer 912, and a catalog printer 916. The software for controlling the system is primarily located in the controller 908. The converter or video connector 904 is similar to those described above. In this configuration the controller unit 908 monitors the data being transferred to the file server 900 by the converter 904. The controller 908 is preferably provided with a viewing screen and several control buttons. When it is necessary to have a larger screen to perform more sophisticated controlling of the system a viewer 266 may be connected to the controller 908 and the viewer screen and controls 740 may be used.
  • The controller 908 is only able to download books to public viewers 912 which are authorized to receive books from the particular file server 900. For security reasons it is not desirable that the public viewer 912 have access to more than one file server 900. In this way, security can be maintained over the text data for books. It is preferred that the public viewer 912 be limited to receiving one or two electronic books at a time from the controller 908. When the subscriber of the public viewer 912 needs a new or additional electronic book, the subscriber returns the viewer 912 to the school or public library where the subscriber receives a new electronic book from the controller 908.
  • In order to track the electronic books that are available on the file server 900, the titles of the available books may be printed on a catalog printer 916. The catalog printer 916 is connected to the library controller 908 and the titles of the electronic books are downloaded to the catalog printer 916. None of the coded text for any of the electronic books can be printed using the controller 908 and catalog printer 916 of this system. In order to maintain security over the data, none of the electronic book data is allowed to be downloaded to the printer 916. Once a complete printout of available electronic book titles, magazines, or other textual material is complete, a hard copy of the catalog 920 can be maintained at the file server 900.
  • The system shown may also be used at bookstores. The bookstores can rent the public viewer 912 to customers with the text for one or two electronic books loaded onto the public viewer 912. The public viewer 912 may be provided with an automatic timeout sequence. The timeout sequence would erase the textual data for the books after a certain period of time, for example, two weeks. It is expected that after a period of time (perhaps within two weeks) the renter would return the public viewer 912 to the bookstore and receive additional electronic books for viewing. Using this arrangement, it is also possible for the bookstore to (permanently) sell a viewer 912 to a regular customer. The customer then returns to the bookstore from time to time to receive textual data for an electronic book which the customer can then store permanently on the customer's own viewer 912. Various other configurations are possible for bookstores, schools and public libraries using the file server 900 and public viewer 912 described.
  • V. Use of a Set Top Converter
  • Existing set top converters such as those made by Scientific Atlanta or General Instruments are presently unequipped to handle the delivery system 200 of the present invention. Although set top converters may be built which include the library functions, hardware modifications are necessary in order to use the delivery system 200 with existing set top converter technology.
  • FIGS. 16 a and 16 b are examples of hardware modifications or upgrades. A port is used to attach hardware upgrades described below to a set top terminal. Two upgrades are possible to set top converters 601 to assist in receiving and selecting electronic books. A menu generation card upgrade (FIG. 16 a) and an information download unit (FIG. 16 b). Each of these upgrades may be connected to the set top terminal unit through an upgrade port. A four wire cable, ribbon cable, IEEE 1394 firewire interface, USB interface, or the like may be used to connect the upgrade to the set top converter 601.
  • A card addition 950 to a set top converter 601 is depicted in FIG. 16 a. The card 950 shown provides the additional functionality needed to utilize the book selection system with existing set top converter 601 technology. The card 950 may be configured to slip inside the frame of a set top terminal and become part of the set top terminal, an advanced set top terminal. The primary functions the card 950 adds to the set top converter 601 are the interpreting of data signals, generating of menus, sequencing of menus, and, ultimately, the ability of the subscriber to select an electronic book using either the television or a viewer 266. The card 950 also provides a method for a remote location, such as the cable headend, to receive information on electronic books ordered. The electronic books ordered information and control commands may be passed from the cable headend to the card 950 using telephone lines.
  • The primary components of the card 950 are a PC chip CPU 952, a VGA graphic controller 954, a video combiner 956, logic circuitry 958, NTSC encoder 960, a receiver 962, demodulator (not shown), and a dialer 611′. The card 950 operates by receiving the data text signal from the cable headend through the coaxial cable. The logic circuitry 958 of the card 950 receives data 964, infrared commands 966, and synchronization signals (not shown) from the set top converter 601. Menu selections made by the viewer 266 on the remote control are received by the set top converter's 601 IR equipment and passed through to the card 950. The card 950 interprets the IR signal and determines the electronic book (or menu) the subscriber has selected. The card 950 modifies the IR command to send the information to the set top converter 601. The modified IR command contains the channel information needed by the set top converter 601. Using the phone line 968 and dialer 611′, the card 950 is able to transmit electronic books ordered information to the cable headend. It is also possible to receive the electronic books over the telephone lines and by-pass the video distribution system. In this embodiment, the telephone system may be used to provide access to an Internet web site to order and receive electronic books.
  • These commands are passed through the interface linking the set top terminal's microprocessor with the microprocessor of the hardware upgrades. In this way, subscriber inputs, entered through the set top terminal keypad or remote control, can be transferred to any of the hardware upgrades for processing and responses generated therein can then be sent back to the set top terminal for display. In a preferred embodiment the IR commands 966 are transferred from set top terminal 601 to hardware upgrade.
  • Hardware upgrades may include a microprocessor, interactive software, processing circuitry, bubble memory, and a long-term memory device. In addition to these basic components, the hardware upgrade may make use of an additional telephone modem or CD-ROM device.
  • The information download hardware upgrade 1001 (shown in FIG. 16 b) allows the subscriber to download large volumes of information from the operations center 250 or cable headend using the set top converter 601. The hardware upgrade 1001 will enable subscribers to download data, such as electronic books and magazines, to local storage. Primarily, the hardware upgrade 1001 is an additional local storage unit 1003 (e.g., hard disk, floppy, optical disk or magnetic cartridge and may include a microprocessor 1005, instruction memory 1007, and a random access memory 1009, as shown in FIG. 16 b). Preferably, a small portable viewer 266 is also provided with the upgrade 1001 to enable downloaded text to be read without the use of a TV.
  • The downloadable information may be text or graphics supplied by the operations center 250 or cable headend. With this upgrade, electronic books may be downloaded and read anywhere with the portable viewer 266. Using this upgrade, books may be downloaded and stored in compressed form for later decompression. The electronic books would be decompressed only at the time of viewing. Important text that the public desires immediate access may made available through this system. Text such as the President's speech, a new law, or a recent abortion decision rendered by the Supreme Court may be made immediately available.
  • In an embodiment, electronic book ordering information is stored at each set top terminal until it is polled by the cable headend using a polling request message format. An example of a polling request message format consists of six fields, namely: (1) a leading flag at the beginning of the message, (2) an address field, (3) a subscriber region designation, (4) a set top terminal identifier that includes a polling command/response (or P/F) bit, (5) an information field, and (6) a trailing flag at the end of the message. A similar response frame format for information communicated by the set top terminal to the cable headend in response to the polling request may be used.
  • FIG. 17 shows a preferred set top converter that includes a data receiver 617′ and a data transmitter 1011. The data transmitter provides upstream data communications capability between the set top converter 601 and the cable headend. Upstream data transmissions are accomplished using the polling system described and, using a data transmitter 1011. Both receiver 617′ and transmitter 1011 may be built into the set top converter 601 itself or added through an upgrade module. Regardless of the specific hardware configuration, the set top terminal's data transmission capabilities may be accomplished using the hardware shown in FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 17 shows RF signals, depicted as being received by a data receiver 617′ and tuner 613 working in unison. Both of these devices are interfaced with the microprocessor 1013, which receives inputs 1015, from the subscriber, either through a set top converter's keypad, a remote control unit or the viewer 266. All cable signals intended for reception on the subscriber's TV are accessed by the tuner 613 and subsequently processed by the processing circuitry 1017. This processing circuitry 1017 typically includes additional components (not shown) for descrambling, demodulation, volume control and remodulation on a Channel 3 or 4 TV carrier.
  • Data targeted to individual set top converters is received by the data receiver 617′ according to each set top converter's specific address or ID. In this way, each addressable set top converter only receives its own data. The data receiver 617′ may receive set top converter 601 specific data in the information field of the signal frame described or on a separate data carrier located at a convenient frequency in the incoming spectrum.
  • The received data includes information regarding electronic books and menus available for selection. The subscriber may enter a series of commands 1015 using a keypad or remote control in order to choose an electronic book or menu. Upon receipt of such commands, the microprocessor 1013 instructs the tuner to tune to the proper frequency of the channel carrying data and subsequently instructs the processing circuitry 1017 to begin descrambling of this data.
  • Upon selection of the electronic book, the microprocessor 1013 stores any selection information in local memory (not shown) for later data transmission back to the cable headend. The microprocessor 1013 coordinates all CATV signal reception and also interacts with various upstream data transmission components. Typically, the data transmitter 1011 operates in the return frequency band between 5 and 30 MHZ. In an alternative embodiment, the frequency band of 10 to 15 MHZ may be used. Regardless, however, of the frequency band used, the data transmitter 1011 sends information to the cable headend in the information field of the response frame described. Those skilled in the art will recognize that a number of variations and combinations of the above-described set top terminal hardware components may be used to accomplish upstream data transmissions.
  • VI. Books-on-Demand System
  • The electronic book system 200 described may also be configured in a book-on-demand style. FIG. 18 a shows one example of a configuration for a books-on-demand system. A books-on-demand system requires more powerful two-way communications between the consumer's home, bookstore, school or public library and either the operations center 250 or a distribution site 1020 such as the cable headend. This type of two-way communication can be provided by the hardware shown in FIG. 17 and described above.
  • Referring to FIG. 18 a, in a books-on-demand system, the subscriber selects the electronic book to be download from an available menu of electronic books (see for example FIGS. 14 d and 14 e). The data for menus of available books is usually sent to the subscriber location by the distribution site 1020. After the subscriber's menu selection, information about the subscriber selection (or request) is then communicated to either a distribution point 1020 (such as a cable headend or an Internet web site) or the operations center 250. Upon receipt of this request, the needed textual and graphical information for the book is spooled and sent to the subscriber. In this manner, books are only sent when requested by the subscriber and are sent immediately upon demand for the book (or text).
  • In order to support such a books-on-demand system, the text delivery and distribution must be conducted on a strong nodal architectured distribution system, such as, a video-on-demand cable or telephone television system, an Internet web site, or through use of individual telephone access on the public telephone system.
  • The books-on-demand system allows for a greater selection of electronic books to the subscriber and limits the amount of communicated book data that is unnecessary or unneeded. It also provides the electronic book to the subscriber in a much timelier fashion.
  • In addition to a stronger distribution system, a books-on-demand system requires a distribution point 1020 to have more sophisticated equipment to access and “spool out” the textual information. This can be accomplished using file server technology 1024 for storing the electronic books and ATM 1028 or telephone-type switching (not shown) to distribute the textual information. The file server 1024 and distribution technology that can be used in configuring such a books-on-demand system is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,262,875 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,218,695, cited above.
  • FIG. 18 a shows an embodiment for a books-on-demand system that utilizes file server technology. In addition to electronic books, the embodiment of FIG. 18 a will support distribution of nearly any digital data. Electronic books or textual files are received from publishers 282 and other sources through local feeds 1032, ATM 1028, or by satellite dish 1036. The data is then stored in memory 1040 at the file server 1024. The distribution point 1020 may be a cable headend that receives requests from subscribers and delivers text to subscribers over a two-way communication system (such as a video-on-demand system (VOD) 1044). Alternately, an Internet web site may serve as the distribution point 1020.
  • The library unit 262 can be connected to either a basic premium-type service cable system 1048, a near video-on-demand type cable system (or pay-per-view (PPV) 1052) or a video-on-demand cable system 1044. In connecting with either of these three systems the library unit 262 may access the cable directly or may access the system through a set top terminal 601′, 601″, or 601′″.
  • Using the two-way video-on-demand system 1044, a subscriber is able to request a specific electronic book title and receive that text immediately following its request. To accomplish this, the distribution point 1020 transmits a list of available electronic books through the cable delivery system to the library unit 262. The library unit 262 displays the list of available electronic books on a menu or similar format. As described earlier, it is preferred that the library unit 262 use menus which list categories of available electronic books to form its request from the distribution point 1020. After selecting an electronic book, the library unit 262 sends a request signal on the two-way communication system 1044 back to the distribution point 1020. This request signal can be handled in two ways. The library unit 262 either initiates the request or the distribution point 1020 polls the various libraries on to the two-way system 1044. Upon receiving the request for the electronic book title, the text associated with that book title is transmitted to the library unit 262 using the two-way cable system 1044.
  • FIG. 18 b is an expanded view of a preferred operations center 250 that supports a regional or national books-on-demand system. In fact, the operations center 250 shown supports distribution of nearly any digital data. The operations center 250 supports multiple feeds to receive digital information by tape 1060, 1060′, ATM 1028, or satellite 1036. The information is processed through an input MUX 1064 and a small file server 1068 before reaching the master file server 1072. Digital data such as electronic books received from publishers 282 is then stored on the master file server 1072. It is preferred that the digital data is stored compressed in a standard format such as MPEG2.
  • A system controller 1076 provides control over the regional or national books-on-demand system. Electronic books may be packaged into groups to provide feeds to various cable headends. In addition, scheduling and marketing research are conducted at the operations center 250. In order to handle the scheduling and market research, electronic book buy data is received at the operations center 250 through a multiplexer 1082. Electronic book buy information can be provided by the operation center 250 to the billing and collection system 278.
  • The operations center 250 is also equipped to insert messages or advertisements into the file server. These messages or advertisements will eventually be received by the subscribers.
  • The master file server 1072 uses an output multiplexer 1080 and ATM 1028 as well as satellite connections to distribute digital data. In a preferred embodiment, cable headends receive text data on electronic books from the master file server 1080 through the output multiplexer 1028 and an ATM system 1028. After receiving the electronic book data, the cable headends store the books in a local file server 1024. FIG. 18 a's distribution point 1020 is an example of a cable headend which may receive data from the operations center 250 of FIG. 18 b through an ATM hookup 1088 or satellite hookup.
  • VII. Information Manipulation Features for Electronic Books
  • An electronic book may include various features for manipulating text or other information within it. As discussed below, those features include highlighting, copying and pasting, cutting and pasting, and annotating information. Other features include simultaneously displaying multiple pages selected by a subscriber, displaying one or more pages on a viewer having multiple screens, rotating images and sizing images.
  • FIG. 19 is a flow chart of an information manipulation process 901 for highlighting, cutting and pasting, copying and pasting, and annotating text or other information in an electronic book. The information manipulation process 901 may be implemented within the viewer 266, the library 262, or a combination. For example, the image manipulation process 901 may be implemented by software modules residing within the instruction memory unit 632 for execution by the library processor 628 or within the instruction memory 732 for execution by the viewer processor 621, or a combination. Within the information manipulation process 901, the display page module or process 801 provides for displaying a page on the viewer 266. The page display may be accomplished using the process shown in FIG. 12 in which the subscriber selects a particular electronic book for viewing. The description that follows assumes the viewer processor 621 performs all software module execution steps.
  • In the select text process 803, a subscriber selects text or other information, which may be accomplished by using controls 740 to manipulate the curser to select a portion of text. In particular, the subscriber may select displayed text or other information by moving the cursor across the information to be selected using a trackball 743 while depressing a selection button 745 (see FIG. 11). Other types of selection are possible, such as using a touch-sensitive screen and permitting the subscriber to select information by touching the appropriate part of the screen, or using other types of cursor-control devices, including peripheral devices, and selection buttons to manipulate a cursor over information to be selected.
  • The viewer 266 may provide an indication of the selected text or other information by showing the text or other information shaded, showing the text in an alternate color, or using another type of indicator. If the subscriber selects a command process 805, such as a highlight command, a highlight decision process 815 is executed and the processor 621 determines if the subscriber has requested any particular type of highlighting. The term highlighting refers to providing an indication of text or other displayed information in order to distinguish the highlighted text from other displayed information. If the subscriber has selected a highlighting option using the process 817, the processor 621 alters the selected information to highlight the information according to the subscriber-entered option. Otherwise, the processor 621, using a default process 819, alters the selected information to highlight it according to a default option. The highlighted information is then stored and displayed by the processor 621 using a store process 821.
  • If the subscriber entered a copy command, the processor 621, using a copy process 807, copies and stores the selected information as identified by the subscriber during the select text process 803. If the subscriber entered a cut command, the processor 621 executes a remove process 809 and removes and stores the selected information. Upon receiving a paste command, as determined during execution of a paste process 811, the processor 621, using an insert process 813, inserts the stored information, typically at a location of the cursor, and displays and stores the changes.
  • If the subscriber entered an annotate command, the processor 621, using text process 823, permits the subscriber to enter a text or other annotation. An annotation may include, for example, text, graphical information, still images, video clips, multi-media information or an electronic link identifier. A subscriber may indicate a location to enter an annotation by, for example, using the controls 740 (see FIG. 14 a) to select text or other information to annotate under control of the processor 621 executing the select text process 803. Alternatively, the subscriber, using controls 740 to position the cursor, may create an annotation under control of the processor 621 using the subscriber position cursor process 881.
  • Using an insert process 825, the processor 621 inserts the annotation, and displays and stores the changes. The annotation is typically inserted at a location of the cursor identified using the positions cursor process 881, or proximate to the selected information identified using the select text process 803, so that the subscriber may choose where to enter the annotation within a particular displayed page of the electronic book. The subscriber may alternatively move a location of the annotation elsewhere within the page by using the controls 740 to select the annotation and move the annotation to a new location. The subscriber can cut, copy, and paste the annotation. Using a reposition process 826, the processor 621 repositions the annotation, if moved by the subscriber.
  • Using a receive another command process 827, the processor 621 determines if the subscriber has entered another command. If the subscriber has entered another command, the process repeats. In addition, if the subscriber selected information to annotate, the processor 621 may indicate the selected information along with the annotation by, for example, highlighting the selected information or displaying the selected information within a box or other type of border.
  • FIGS. 20-22 are examples of text screens illustrating use of the commands in the information manipulation process 901. FIG. 20 is an example of a text screen 1200 on the viewer 266 displaying highlighted text 1201. In an embodiment, the text screen 1200 includes a task bar 1214 having a number of sections 1215-1227 and 1231 for selecting particular commands. The term section (1215-1227 and 1231) refers to a definable portion of the screen, and the phrase task bar (1214) refers to a collection of sections for permitting selection of various commands. For instance, a subscriber may select a highlight command by manipulating the controls 740 to select the highlight section 1215 using the cursor or by using a particular key stroke. A subscriber also may select a menu section 1231 in task bar 1214 in order to view menus on the viewer 266, such as the menus identified in FIG. 13, and then may select an electronic book for viewing from the menus. The act of selecting a section may involve, for example, positioning the cursor or a pointer over the section using the trackball 743 and depressing the selection button 745 to “click on” the section. Other cursor-control devices, including peripheral devices, may be used to select a section.
  • In this example, highlighted text 1201 is shown as shaded. Other types of highlighting may be used such as, for example, illustrating the text or other displayed information in a different color, in a box, in a different font, in bold, in italics, underlined, or in reverse video. In addition, the subscriber may highlight other types of information in addition to text. The viewer 266 may present highlighting options by presenting a section with options when the subscriber selects the highlight section 1215. Alternatively, the viewer 266 may include a screen for setting various display and other controls, which may include a section for setting highlighting options. In addition, although the task bar 1214 includes the sections 1215-1227 and 1231 in contiguous horizontal form, the sections of the task bar 1214 may be displayed vertically on the left or right margin, scattered among the screen, or in some other geometric representation.
  • Typical cut, copy, and paste commands are illustrated by a text screen 1202 shown in FIG. 21. A subscriber may select cut, copy, and paste commands by manipulating the controls 740 (the trackball 743 and the selection button 745) to select, respectively, sections 1216, 1217, and 1218 using the cursor, or by using particular key strokes. The text screen 1202, which may be displayed on the viewer 266, corresponds to the text screen 1200 shown in FIG. 20. In this example, the highlighted text 1201 has been cut, copied, and pasted. In particular, the first sentence in highlighted text 1201 has been cut and pasted at location 1203. The second sentence in highlighted text 1201 has been copied and pasted at location 1204. Although these commands are illustrated with text, they may apply to other information such as, for example, graphical information, still images, or video clips. Although the example in FIG. 21 is shown as cutting and pasting, and copying and pasting, text within one electronic book, the viewer 266 typically may cut and paste, and copy and paste, text or other information between two or more electronic books, or between electronic books and other data sources such as word processing programs. When text is added or deleted from an electronic book, the electronic book typically automatically repaginates.
  • FIG. 22 is an example of an annotated screen 1205 on the viewer 266 displaying an annotation 1206 within the text. The subscriber may select an annotate command by manipulating the controls 740 (the trackball 743 and the selection button 745) to select an annotate section 1219 using the cursor or by using a particular key stroke. Upon selection of the annotate section 1219, the viewer 266 may present section 1206 at a location of the cursor and permit the subscriber to enter text or other information into section 1206. The annotation may include text, graphical information, still photos, video clips, or multimedia information. The information may include subscriber-entered information, default information provided by the viewer 266, or a combination. The annotation may be displayed, for example, in a box, highlighted, or as codes or symbols. The annotation may cover the text beneath it, or the text beneath the annotation may scroll around the annotation. Text for annotation may be created using the remote wired keyboard 267 or wireless keyboard 268 shown in FIG. 6 a. Text may also be created using a soft keyboard displayed on the viewer 266. The soft keyboard may be displayed during the annotation step and may be hidden at other times.
  • FIG. 23 is a flow chart of a multiple display process 903 for displaying multiple pages. The process 903 may be implemented within the viewer 266, the library 262, or a combination. For example, the process 903 may be implemented by software modules residing within the instruction memory unit 632 for execution by the library processor 628 or within the instruction memory 732 for execution by the viewer processor 621, or a combination. The process 903 may be used by the subscriber to view a plurality of pages within an electronic book. For example, instead of viewing consecutive pages, as typically presented on the viewer 266, the subscriber may wish to view non-consecutive pages, such as those having related information. Therefore, the viewer 266 may display, for example, on a split screen, two or more pages selected by the subscriber.
  • In the multiple display process 903, the processor 621, executing a display page module or process 829, displays a page. Using a request process 831, the processor 621 receives a multiple page view request. A receive process 833 is used by the processor 621 to receive a selection of pages. In response, using a display process 835, the processor 621 retrieves, formats, and displays the selected pages of the electronic book. Formatting may involve reducing the size of the pages and appending them together to display as one image on the viewer 266. A decision process 837 determines if additional pages are selected. If so, the display process 835 again retrieves and displays the newly selected pages.
  • FIG. 24 is an example illustrating how two pages 1229 and 1230 may be displayed simultaneously on the viewer 266 within one split-screen 1228. The subscriber may select multiple page view by manipulating the controls 740 (the trackball 743 and the selection button 745) to select a multi-page section 1220 in the task bar 1214, and the subscriber may enter pages to view within a page section 1221 of the task bar 1214. In addition, the subscriber may select pages from different electronic books for simultaneous viewing by selecting the menu section 1231 to select another electronic book or other information source and, if necessary, select a page by entering a page or pages in the page section 1221.
  • Therefore, the subscriber may select which particular pages among any of the pages in the electronic book are to be displayed on the viewer 266. Although the pages are shown displayed as a side-by-side image, the pages may be displayed vertically. In addition, although only two pages are shown displayed, the viewer 266 may format varying number of pages to be displayed. For example, the viewer 266 may receive a selection of four pages and display the four pages in four equally sized sections of the viewer 266. In addition, the viewer 266 may display the page numbers along with the page content. Although only text is shown, pages may contain other types of information such as, for example, graphical, video, or multimedia information. When multiple pages are displayed, information contained on each of the multiple pages may be manipulated as described herein. For example, if four pages from an electronic book are displayed simultaneously, the subscriber may elect to manipulate information on the third page. To do so, the subscriber may operate the controls 740 (the trackball 743 and the selection button 745) to select the third page and to then manipulate information on, or associated with, the third page. For example, the subscriber may select a paragraph of text in the third page, copy the text, and then scroll or drag the copied text to the first page of the four displayed pages.
  • FIG. 25 is a flow chart of a multiple screen display process 905 for displaying pages on an electronic book viewer having multiple screens. The process 905 may be implemented within the viewer 266, the library 262, or a combination. For example, the process 905 may be implemented by software modules residing within the instruction memory unit 632 for execution by the library processor 628 or within the instruction memory 732 for execution by the viewer processor 621, or a combination. Displaying images on multiple screens involves formatting one or more pages to be displayed on a number of associated screens. For example, as shown in FIG. 26 a, an electronic book viewer 266′ may include three screens, 1211, 1212, and 1213. The screens may be connected in a variety of positions, such as horizontally, vertically, T-shape, rectangular, square, or some other geometric configuration.
  • The screens 1211, 1212, and 1213 may be physically connected by hinges 1241 and 1242, including electrical connections between screens for transmitting electronic book content and commands. As another example, as shown in FIG. 26 b, a viewer 266″ may include three screens 1211′, 1212′, and 1213′ that snap together, or become otherwise joined together, by physical and electrical connectors, as represented by arrows 1243 and 1244. The subscriber may select a multiple screen view by manipulating the controls 740 (the trackball 743 and the selection button 745) to select a multi-screen section 1222 in the task bar 1214, as shown in FIG. 24, or by using a particular key stroke, and the subscriber may enter pages to view within the page section 1221 of the task bar 1214. At least one of the screens 1211-1213 and 1211′-1213′ may include the task bar 1214 for selecting a command and entering pages.
  • Referring to FIG. 25, in the multiple screen display process 905, the processor 621, executing a display page module or process 839, displays a page. Next, using a request process 841, the processor 621 receives a request for display on multiple screens. Using a receive process 843, the processor 621 receives selected pages, which the subscriber may specify by manipulating the controls 740. Next, in a determination process 859, the processor 621 determines a number of screens in the viewer 266, which may be accomplished by electronically interrogating the connections between screens to determine how many screens are interconnected.
  • The processor 621 next uses a format process 845 to format the page or pages for display on the multiple screens. Using the format process 845, the processor 621 determines the number of pages for display and compares that number with the number of screens available for displaying the page or pages. If only one page was selected, the processor 621 uses a first format process 847 to format the selected page for display across all screens in the viewer 266. If the number of selected pages is less than the number of screens, the processor 621 uses a second format process 849 to format the selected pages for display. One method of formatting is to equally distribute the selected pages across the screens, which involves resizing and scaling up or scaling down the pages for display among the available screens. If the number of selected pages equals the number of screens, the processor 621 uses a third format process 851 to format the selected pages to display one page per screen. If the number of selected pages is greater than the number of screens, the processor 621 uses a fourth format process 853 to format the selected pages to display them equally distributed across the screens, which involves resizing and reducing the pages to fit among the screens.
  • The processor 621 uses known techniques for sizing a page to fit an available screen. For example, the processor 621 may apply sub-sampling routines to create a thumbnail image of a page, and then may display the thumbnail image in a reduced size window on a screen. For example, an electronic atlas may include many full page maps. A select number of the maps may be displayed on the viewer screen by first creating thumbnail images, and then arranging their display on the viewer screen. In this way, several full page images may be viewed and compared in a convenient manner. For example, nine full page maps from the electronic atlas may be displayed simultaneously on the viewer screen. Digital data compression techniques for images (including text and images) are well known and need not be repeated here. For example, Data Compression In Digital System, by Ray Hoffman, (Chapman & Hall, 1977), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference, describes such data compression techniques.
  • An image displayed on the viewer 266 may be scaled down by dropping, or decimating, rows and columns of pixels within the image. Alternatively, each pixel in the reduced-size image may be created by averaging neighboring pixels in the original image.
  • To make an image larger, the existing pixels in the original image may be replicated in two dimensions. However, such a scaled-up image is likely to be “blocky.” To avoid the blocky appearance, each pixel in the scaled-up image is created by applying a color smoothing or dithering algorithm to pixels in the original image.
  • The scaling up and down may be performed with text and graphic images, and with still (for example, JPEG) and moving (for example, MPEG 2) images. These and other techniques may be used to display multiple images on a single screen, multiple images on multiple screens and multiple images on multiple screens.
  • Once the selected pages have been resized, the processor 621, using a display process 855, sends the formatted page or pages to the viewer screen(s) for display. Then, using display process 883, the processor 621 displays the formatted page or pages on the multiple screens of the viewer 266. The processor 621 uses decision process 856 to determine the number of screens changes. This may occur by the subscriber adding additional screens to the viewer 266 or removing screens from the viewer 266, if the viewer 266 contains removable screens or the capability to deactivate particular screens. If this occurs, the processor 621 returns to the determination process 859 to determine the number of screens and then formats the page or pages accordingly. Otherwise, the processor 621 determines if additional pages are selected using decision process 857.
  • FIGS. 26 c, 26 d, and 26 e, in which each box represents one screen, illustrate the display of a page or pages on multiple screens. If a single image 1245 represents one page, FIG. 26 d illustrates enlargement of the page to display the page as a first image 1246 and a second image 1247. FIG. 26 e illustrates enlargement of the page to display the page as a first image 1248, a second image 1249, a third image 1250, and a fourth image 1251. In comparison, if the first image 1248, the second image 1249, the third image 1250, and the fourth image 1251 together represent one page, FIG. 26 d illustrates reduction of the pages to display the pages as the first image 1246 and the second image 1247, and FIG. 26 c represents reduction of the pages to display the pages as the single image 1245. If the first image 1248, the second image 1249, the third image 1250, and the fourth image 1251 each represent one page, FIG. 26 e illustrates display of one page per screen, alternatively, FIG. 26 e shows an enlargement of a single page to four screens.
  • VIII. Picture-in-Picture Feature for Electronic Books
  • Picture-in-picture viewing permits the subscriber to simultaneously display on the viewer 266, pages or portions of two different electronic books, or content from an electronic book and another information source, such as video or multimedia information. The electronic book for viewing may be selected from electronic books stored in the viewer 266 or an associated library viewer 262, or may be obtained from a received signal. The other information source, when used, may be received using an electronic or electromagnetic signal such as a television signal, video signal, cable television signal, or wireline or wireless telephone or data source signal. For example, while viewing an electronic book the subscriber may want to simultaneously view a television program or a particular video.
  • When electronic content is obtained from memory, a system for picture-in-picture viewing formats the two or more electronic books, or electronic books and other electronic information, for simultaneous display. When electronic content is obtained from a received signal, the viewer 266 performs necessary decoding or other processing for simultaneously displaying a page of an electronic book along with the other electronic information.
  • a. Picture-in-Picture Process
  • FIG. 27 is a flow chart of a picture-in-picture viewing process 907 for picture-in-picture viewing of electronic books and other electronic information. The process 907 may be implemented within the viewer 266, the library 262, or a combination. For example, the process 907 may be implemented by software modules residing within the instruction memory unit 632 for execution by the library processor 628 or within the instruction memory 732 for execution by the viewer processor 621, or a combination. In the picture-in-picture viewing process 907, the viewer 266, using a display page module or process 863, displays a page of a first electronic book. Using the receive request process 865, the processor 621 receives a request for picture-in-picture viewing from the subscriber along with an identification of a second information source, such as a second electronic book, a television signal, a video signal, still photos, content from the Internet, electronic book electronic links, or multi-media information. Using a decision process 867, the processor 621 determines if the subscriber entered a request for a particular type of picture-in-picture viewing format, which may include, for example, use of an inset image or side-by-side images. If the subscriber did not enter a particular type of picture-in-picture viewing format, the processor 621 uses a default process 873 to format the first electronic book and content from the second information source for picture-in-picture viewing according to a particular default format setting.
  • Otherwise, the library 262 or the viewer 266 formats the first electronic book and the content from the second information source according to the subscriber-entered option. In particular, if the subscriber requested an inset image, the processor 621, using an inset image process 869, formats the first electronic book and the content from the second information source for displaying content from the second information source as an inset image within the first displayed electronic book. Using a reposition process 909, the processor 621 then repositions the inset image and reformats the first electronic book, if the inset image is moved by the subscriber. If the subscriber requested side-by-side images, the processor 621 uses a split screen process 871 to format the first electronic book and content from the second information source for display as side-by-side images. After displaying the picture-in-picture images, each display functions independently, permitting the subscriber to advance pages in the first electronic book, for example, by selecting the displayed image of the first electronic book. Using reverse images decision process 875, the processor 621 determines if the subscriber entered a request to reverse the displayed images. If so, the processor 621 executes a reverse format process 877 to reverse the display. The processor 621 then uses a decision process 879 to determine if the subscriber entered a request for different viewing. If the subscriber entered a different viewing request, the processor 621 returns to the decision process 867. Various multimedia experiences, programs, and displays may be created using two or more images.
  • FIGS. 28 a, 28 b, 28 c, and 28 d are examples of displays for picture-in-picture viewing. In the display of FIG. 28 a, a portion of a first electronic book is displayed as a main image 1207, and a portion of a second electronic book is displayed as an inset image 1208. In the display of FIG. 28 b, side-by-side images display a portion of a first electronic book 1209 adjacent a portion of a second electronic book 1210. In the display of FIG. 28 c, a portion of a first electronic book is displayed as a main image 1207′, and content from a second information source, such as a television or video signal, is displayed as an inset image 1208′. In the display of FIG. 28 d, side-by-side images display a portion of a first electronic book 1209′ adjacent to content 1210′ from a second information source such as a television or video signal.
  • As shown in FIGS. 28 a and 28 c, the viewer 266 typically formats the content 1207 and 1207′ from the electronic book so that the content 1207 and 1207′ wraps around the inset images 1208 and 1208′, respectively, in order to display a portion of the content 1207 and 1207′ that would otherwise be concealed by inset images 1208 and 1208′. In this manner, content from the electronic book is not obstructed because the inset image does not overlay the main image. This is particularly well-suited for text. In addition, if the subscriber moves a location of the inset image 1208 or 1208′, the processor 621 uses the reposition process 909 to reformat the content 1207 and 1207′ to display the portion concealed by the new location of the inset image 1208 or 1208′, respectfully.
  • In an alternative embodiment, the main image 1207 and 1207′ may be formatted so that the inset images 1208 and 1208′, respectively, overlay and obstruct the portion of the main image at the location of the inset images. If the main image 1207 or 1207′ is a television or video signal, then the viewer 266 typically overlays the inset image 1208 or 1208′ to avoid distortion of the main image as may occur with wrapping the main image around an inset image. In addition, the subscriber may typically position the inset image anywhere within the main image by using the cursor and the controls 740 to select and move the inset image to a new location. The size of the inset image may also be changed.
  • The subscriber may select picture-in-picture viewing by manipulating the controls 740 (the trackball 743 and the selection button 745) to select a p-i-p section 1223 in the task bar 1214, or by using a particular key stroke. In order to display an inset image, as shown in FIG. 28 a, the subscriber may select an inset section 1225. To display the electronic books as side-by-side images, as shown in FIG. 28 b, the subscriber may select a split section 1224. The subscriber may switch between the inset view and the split image view by selecting the split section 1224 and the inset section 1225 for the desired view. The subscriber may reverse or swap the displayed images by selecting a swap section 1226 in the task bar 1214. Upon selecting the swap section 1226, the viewer 266 switches positions of the images. By selecting a normal view section 1227, the subscriber may exit the picture-in-picture mode and return to normal viewing, in which case the main image 1207 or left image 1209 becomes the sole displayed image, for example. The subscriber may select the first and second electronic books, or the first electronic book and the second information source, for viewing by selecting the menu section 1231 on the task bar 1214 and selecting particular electronic books or other information sources from the displayed menu.
  • b. Picture-in-Picture Tuning: Electronic Book and an Information Source
  • The viewer 266 or the home system 258 may be used to provide picture-in-picture capability with one or more signals coming from an information source or a component that is external to the home system 258. FIG. 29 a shows an embodiment of the home system 258 that is intended to display multiple images in a picture-in-picture format. In FIG. 29 a, the home system 258 comprises a single unit, namely the viewer 266. The viewer 266 includes the digital logic 609, the microprocessor 621, the memory 607, and the LCD 602. The functions of these components have been described previously. Also included in the viewer 266 is a data connector/converter 617′. The data converter 617′ includes the functions of the tuner 613, data stripper 617, modem 611 and RF transceiver 604 described in connection with FIG. 6 b. The data converter 617′ receives data signals from wired or wireless communications paths and passes the signals to the digital logic 609 for processing and display on the LCD 602. The data converter 617′ may for example receive signals from a wireless keyboard 268, a telephone 275, a personal computer 261, a video camera 273, a television 259 or a set top terminal 601. As shown in FIG. 29 a, all of these components may communicate with the viewer 266 using either wired or wireless communication paths. The viewer 266 may also receive data signals from the Internet web site 279. Data signals from the Internet web site 279 may be received directly from the Internet or by using the personal computer 261, for example. The data converter 617′ receives the data signals from one or more of the multiple sources shown in FIG. 29 a and converts the signal into an appropriate format for display on the LCD 602. The received signal may be displayed as text, a JPEG image, or an MPEG image, for example. The data converter 617′ may also receive audio and output the audio to a speaker 608. Alternately, the audio may be converted to text and displayed on the LCD 602. Text information displayed on the personal computer 261, using for example a word processing program, may be sent to the data converter 617′ and displayed as text on the LCD 602. Television signals received at either the set top terminal 601 or the television 259 may be displayed as video signals on the LCD 602. The video camera 273 may provide a live video feed to the viewer 266 for display on the LCD 602. Commands or text typed in using the keyboard 268 may be displayed on the LCD 602. Finally, web pages such as a web page available at the web site 279 may be displayed on the LCD 602. The memory 607 may store programs and menus to allow the subscriber to select which of the multiple information sources will provide a display on the viewer 266. For example, the subscriber may decide to display an electronic book on the viewer 266 and concurrently to display in a window on the LCD 602, a live feed from the video camera 273, and in another window on the LCD 602, a broadcast television program being received by the television 259, for example.
  • FIG. 29 b shows an example of the multiple information sources being displayed on the viewer 266. In FIG. 29 b the menu bar 1214 shows the menu selection 1231 and the p-i-p selection 1223. The subscriber has elected to use the p-i-p function and the menu bar therefore displays four window options 1244-1247. In FIG. 29 b the subscriber has elected to play the text from an electronic book using window one 1244, a television show using window two 1245 and a video feed from a video camera using window three 1246. Window four 1247 is not used. The result is shown as the text in a full width, upper window 1207″ television show in a split with lower window 1240 and a video feed in a second split window 1241.
  • There are many practical uses for the multiple screen, split screen and picture-in-picture features of the viewer 266. Examples of uses of these features include, but are not limited to, the following.
  • For example, while in the garage working on a vehicle the subscriber can use the viewer 266 to help make a repair easier. The subscriber can use part of the LCD 602 to display the instructions to make the necessary repair on the automobile, can also display schematics, drawings and/or pictures of the parts, a short video on how to make the repair, as well as continuously watching the video camera 273 showing the front door or baby's crib.
  • When the car repair is completed, the subscriber can move the viewer to the kitchen where the subscriber can have one, two or more of the following on the viewer 266: a list of ingredients, text of a recipe, a video on how to mix the ingredients, listing of measurement conversions, and a video feed from a child's play room. More simply, the subscriber can read a book in the backyard while simultaneously watching the baby's playpen indoor on a video feed.
  • While this invention has been described in conjunction with the embodiments described above, it is evident that many alterations, modifications and variations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Accordingly, embodiments of the invention as set forth above are intended to be only illustrative. Various changes may be made without departing from the scope of the invention as defined in the following claims and their equivalents.

Claims (11)

1.-6. (canceled)
7. A method for annotating text of an electronic book displayed on a viewer, comprising:
displaying a portion of the electronic book on a viewer;
receiving a request from the subscriber to annotate the displayed portion of the electronic book;
displaying a task bar for use in receiving the request;
receiving annotation information; and
associating the annotation information with the electronic book based upon the subscriber's request.
8. The method of claim 7, further including displaying the annotation information along with the displayed portion of the electronic book.
9. The method of claim 8, further including displaying the annotation information along with the displayed portion of the electronic book.
10. A method for annotating text of the electronic book displayed on a viewer, comprising:
displaying a portion of the electronic book on the viewer;
receiving annotation information and a request from the subscriber to annotate the displayed portion of the electronic book;
associating the annotation information with the electronic book based upon the subscriber's request;
displaying the annotation information along with the displayed portion of the electronic book; and
permitting the subscriber to move a location of the annotation information within the electronic book.
11.-35. (canceled)
36. An apparatus for annotating text of an electronic book displayed on a viewer, comprising:
a display module that displays a portion of an electronic book on a viewer;
an annotate module that receives a request from the subscriber to annotate the displayed portion of the electronic book;
a task module that displays a task bar for use in receiving the request;
a save module that receives annotation information; and
an associate module that associates the annotation information with the electronic book based upon the subscriber's request.
37. The apparatus of claim 36, further including an annotation display module that displays the annotation information along with the displayed portion of the electronic book.
38. The apparatus of claim 37, further including an annotation move module that permits the subscriber to move a location of the annotation information within the electronic book.
39. An apparatus for annotating text of an electronic book displayed on a viewer, comprising:
a display module that displays a portion of an electronic book on a viewer;
an annotate module that receives annotation information and a request from the subscriber to annotate the displayed portion of the electronic book;
an associate module that associates the annotation information with the electronic book based upon the subscriber's request;
an annotation display module that displays the annotation information along with the displayed portion of the electronic book; and
an annotation move module that permits the subscriber to move a location of the annotation information within the electronic book.
40.-73. (canceled)
US12/478,107 1993-12-02 2009-06-04 Electronic book with information manipulation features Abandoned US20090241054A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/478,107 US20090241054A1 (en) 1993-12-02 2009-06-04 Electronic book with information manipulation features

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08/160,281 US5798785A (en) 1992-12-09 1993-12-02 Terminal for suggesting programs offered on a television program delivery system
US08/160,194 US5990927A (en) 1992-12-09 1993-12-02 Advanced set top terminal for cable television delivery systems
US08/336,247 US5986690A (en) 1992-12-09 1994-11-07 Electronic book selection and delivery system
US08/906,469 US6408437B1 (en) 1992-12-09 1997-08-05 Reprogrammable terminal for suggesting programs offered on a television program delivery system
US09/237,828 US7401286B1 (en) 1993-12-02 1999-01-27 Electronic book electronic links
US09/289,957 US7835989B1 (en) 1992-12-09 1999-04-13 Electronic book alternative delivery systems
US09/335,268 US7861166B1 (en) 1993-12-02 1999-06-17 Resizing document pages to fit available hardware screens
US12/478,107 US20090241054A1 (en) 1993-12-02 2009-06-04 Electronic book with information manipulation features

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/335,268 Division US7861166B1 (en) 1993-12-02 1999-06-17 Resizing document pages to fit available hardware screens

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20090241054A1 true US20090241054A1 (en) 2009-09-24

Family

ID=23113918

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/289,957 Expired - Fee Related US7835989B1 (en) 1992-12-09 1999-04-13 Electronic book alternative delivery systems
US12/478,107 Abandoned US20090241054A1 (en) 1993-12-02 2009-06-04 Electronic book with information manipulation features

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/289,957 Expired - Fee Related US7835989B1 (en) 1992-12-09 1999-04-13 Electronic book alternative delivery systems

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US7835989B1 (en)
EP (1) EP1171840A2 (en)
JP (2) JP2002541594A (en)
AU (1) AU4453600A (en)
CA (1) CA2369759C (en)
HK (1) HK1045381A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA01010300A (en)
WO (1) WO2000062228A2 (en)

Cited By (216)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080293450A1 (en) * 2007-05-21 2008-11-27 Ryan Thomas A Consumption of Items via a User Device
US20090328070A1 (en) * 2008-06-30 2009-12-31 Deidre Paknad Event Driven Disposition
US20110107217A1 (en) * 2009-10-29 2011-05-05 Margery Kravitz Schwarz Interactive Storybook System and Method
US20110167350A1 (en) * 2010-01-06 2011-07-07 Apple Inc. Assist Features For Content Display Device
US20110167375A1 (en) * 2010-01-06 2011-07-07 Kocienda Kenneth L Apparatus and Method for Conditionally Enabling or Disabling Soft Buttons
US20110202825A1 (en) * 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 Flashnotes, Llc System and Method of Annotating Non-modifiable Documents and Managing Annotations
US20120102395A1 (en) * 2010-10-25 2012-04-26 Standard Nine Inc. Dba Inkling Methods for sequencing electronic media content
CN102483691A (en) * 2010-06-24 2012-05-30 松下电器产业株式会社 Electronic publication browsing device, electronic publication browsing method, program, and integrated circuit
US8250041B2 (en) 2009-12-22 2012-08-21 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for propagation of file plans from enterprise retention management applications to records management systems
US8275720B2 (en) 2008-06-12 2012-09-25 International Business Machines Corporation External scoping sources to determine affected people, systems, and classes of information in legal matters
US8290777B1 (en) * 2009-06-12 2012-10-16 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Synchronizing the playing and displaying of digital content
US20120290964A1 (en) * 2010-11-09 2012-11-15 Chia-Ying Lee Method for creating bookmark and electronic reading device using the same
US20120293553A1 (en) * 2011-05-18 2012-11-22 Korea Institute Of Science And Technology Apparatus, method and computer readable recording medium for displaying content
US8402359B1 (en) * 2010-06-30 2013-03-19 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for managing recent activity navigation in web applications
WO2013048554A1 (en) * 2011-09-29 2013-04-04 Pleiades Publishing Ltd. Interactive electronic book
US20130129310A1 (en) * 2011-11-22 2013-05-23 Pleiades Publishing Limited Inc. Electronic book
US8484069B2 (en) 2008-06-30 2013-07-09 International Business Machines Corporation Forecasting discovery costs based on complex and incomplete facts
US8489439B2 (en) 2008-06-30 2013-07-16 International Business Machines Corporation Forecasting discovery costs based on complex and incomplete facts
US8515924B2 (en) 2008-06-30 2013-08-20 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for handling edge-cases of event-driven disposition
CN103262078A (en) * 2010-11-25 2013-08-21 索尼公司 Systems and methods for producing, reproducing, and maintaining electronic books
US20130219320A1 (en) * 2000-07-14 2013-08-22 Chern Hway Seet Novel book-like internet browser for electronic information
US20130232221A1 (en) * 2012-03-01 2013-09-05 Sarah Nash Brechner System and Method for Personal Customization of Digital Content
US8547354B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2013-10-01 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US8566903B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2013-10-22 International Business Machines Corporation Enterprise evidence repository providing access control to collected artifacts
US8587547B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2013-11-19 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US8613061B2 (en) 2010-09-01 2013-12-17 Blackberry Limited Methods and apparatus to implement electronic book viewers
US8655856B2 (en) 2009-12-22 2014-02-18 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for policy distribution
US8725565B1 (en) 2006-09-29 2014-05-13 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Expedited acquisition of a digital item following a sample presentation of the item
US8782513B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2014-07-15 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating through an electronic document
US8793575B1 (en) 2007-03-29 2014-07-29 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Progress indication for a digital work
US8798366B1 (en) 2010-12-28 2014-08-05 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Electronic book pagination
US8832148B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2014-09-09 International Business Machines Corporation Enterprise evidence repository
US8832584B1 (en) 2009-03-31 2014-09-09 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Questions on highlighted passages
US8826495B2 (en) 2010-06-01 2014-09-09 Intel Corporation Hinged dual panel electronic device
US8842082B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2014-09-23 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating and annotating an electronic document
US8904304B2 (en) 2012-06-25 2014-12-02 Barnesandnoble.Com Llc Creation and exposure of embedded secondary content data relevant to a primary content page of an electronic book
US8954444B1 (en) 2007-03-29 2015-02-10 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Search and indexing on a user device
US9037991B2 (en) 2010-06-01 2015-05-19 Intel Corporation Apparatus and method for digital content navigation
US9069767B1 (en) 2010-12-28 2015-06-30 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Aligning content items to identify differences
US9087032B1 (en) 2009-01-26 2015-07-21 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Aggregation of highlights
US9092132B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2015-07-28 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface with a dynamic gesture disambiguation threshold
US9116657B1 (en) 2006-12-29 2015-08-25 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Invariant referencing in digital works
US9158741B1 (en) 2011-10-28 2015-10-13 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Indicators for navigating digital works
US9262612B2 (en) 2011-03-21 2016-02-16 Apple Inc. Device access using voice authentication
US9275052B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2016-03-01 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Providing annotations of a digital work
US9318108B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2016-04-19 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant
US9330720B2 (en) 2008-01-03 2016-05-03 Apple Inc. Methods and apparatus for altering audio output signals
US9338493B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2016-05-10 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for TV user interactions
US9483461B2 (en) 2012-03-06 2016-11-01 Apple Inc. Handling speech synthesis of content for multiple languages
US9495129B2 (en) 2012-06-29 2016-11-15 Apple Inc. Device, method, and user interface for voice-activated navigation and browsing of a document
US9495322B1 (en) 2010-09-21 2016-11-15 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Cover display
US9535906B2 (en) 2008-07-31 2017-01-03 Apple Inc. Mobile device having human language translation capability with positional feedback
US9564089B2 (en) 2009-09-28 2017-02-07 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Last screen rendering for electronic book reader
US9582608B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2017-02-28 Apple Inc. Unified ranking with entropy-weighted information for phrase-based semantic auto-completion
US9620104B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2017-04-11 Apple Inc. System and method for user-specified pronunciation of words for speech synthesis and recognition
US9626955B2 (en) 2008-04-05 2017-04-18 Apple Inc. Intelligent text-to-speech conversion
US9633660B2 (en) 2010-02-25 2017-04-25 Apple Inc. User profiling for voice input processing
US9633674B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2017-04-25 Apple Inc. System and method for detecting errors in interactions with a voice-based digital assistant
US9646609B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2017-05-09 Apple Inc. Caching apparatus for serving phonetic pronunciations
US9646614B2 (en) 2000-03-16 2017-05-09 Apple Inc. Fast, language-independent method for user authentication by voice
US9668121B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2017-05-30 Apple Inc. Social reminders
US9672533B1 (en) 2006-09-29 2017-06-06 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Acquisition of an item based on a catalog presentation of items
US9690762B1 (en) * 2013-01-14 2017-06-27 Google Inc. Manipulating image content items through determination and application of multiple transparency values to visually merge with other content as part of a web page
US9697820B2 (en) 2015-09-24 2017-07-04 Apple Inc. Unit-selection text-to-speech synthesis using concatenation-sensitive neural networks
US9715875B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2017-07-25 Apple Inc. Reducing the need for manual start/end-pointing and trigger phrases
US9721566B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2017-08-01 Apple Inc. Competing devices responding to voice triggers
US9760559B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2017-09-12 Apple Inc. Predictive text input
US9785630B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2017-10-10 Apple Inc. Text prediction using combined word N-gram and unigram language models
US9798393B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2017-10-24 Apple Inc. Text correction processing
US9818400B2 (en) 2014-09-11 2017-11-14 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for discovering trending terms in speech requests
US9830563B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2017-11-28 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for managing legal obligations for data
US9842101B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2017-12-12 Apple Inc. Predictive conversion of language input
US9842105B2 (en) 2015-04-16 2017-12-12 Apple Inc. Parsimonious continuous-space phrase representations for natural language processing
US9846688B1 (en) * 2010-12-28 2017-12-19 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Book version mapping
US9858925B2 (en) 2009-06-05 2018-01-02 Apple Inc. Using context information to facilitate processing of commands in a virtual assistant
US9865280B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2018-01-09 Apple Inc. Structured dictation using intelligent automated assistants
US9881009B1 (en) 2011-03-15 2018-01-30 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Identifying book title sets
US9886432B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-02-06 Apple Inc. Parsimonious handling of word inflection via categorical stem + suffix N-gram language models
US9886953B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-02-06 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant activation
US9899019B2 (en) 2015-03-18 2018-02-20 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for structured stem and suffix language models
US9934775B2 (en) 2016-05-26 2018-04-03 Apple Inc. Unit-selection text-to-speech synthesis based on predicted concatenation parameters
US9953088B2 (en) 2012-05-14 2018-04-24 Apple Inc. Crowd sourcing information to fulfill user requests
US9966065B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2018-05-08 Apple Inc. Multi-command single utterance input method
US9966068B2 (en) 2013-06-08 2018-05-08 Apple Inc. Interpreting and acting upon commands that involve sharing information with remote devices
US9972304B2 (en) 2016-06-03 2018-05-15 Apple Inc. Privacy preserving distributed evaluation framework for embedded personalized systems
US9971774B2 (en) 2012-09-19 2018-05-15 Apple Inc. Voice-based media searching
US10043516B2 (en) 2016-09-23 2018-08-07 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant
US10049668B2 (en) 2015-12-02 2018-08-14 Apple Inc. Applying neural network language models to weighted finite state transducers for automatic speech recognition
US10049663B2 (en) 2016-06-08 2018-08-14 Apple, Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for media exploration
US10057736B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2018-08-21 Apple Inc. Active transport based notifications
US10067938B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2018-09-04 Apple Inc. Multilingual word prediction
US10074360B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-09-11 Apple Inc. Providing an indication of the suitability of speech recognition
US10079014B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2018-09-18 Apple Inc. Name recognition system
US10078631B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2018-09-18 Apple Inc. Entropy-guided text prediction using combined word and character n-gram language models
US10083690B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2018-09-25 Apple Inc. Better resolution when referencing to concepts
US10083688B2 (en) 2015-05-27 2018-09-25 Apple Inc. Device voice control for selecting a displayed affordance
US10089072B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2018-10-02 Apple Inc. Intelligent device arbitration and control
US10101822B2 (en) 2015-06-05 2018-10-16 Apple Inc. Language input correction
US10127911B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-11-13 Apple Inc. Speaker identification and unsupervised speaker adaptation techniques
US10127220B2 (en) 2015-06-04 2018-11-13 Apple Inc. Language identification from short strings
US10169329B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2019-01-01 Apple Inc. Exemplar-based natural language processing
US10176167B2 (en) 2013-06-09 2019-01-08 Apple Inc. System and method for inferring user intent from speech inputs
US10185542B2 (en) 2013-06-09 2019-01-22 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for enabling conversation persistence across two or more instances of a digital assistant
US10186254B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-01-22 Apple Inc. Context-based endpoint detection
US10192552B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2019-01-29 Apple Inc. Digital assistant providing whispered speech
US10217257B1 (en) * 2015-03-17 2019-02-26 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Process for contextualizing continuous images
US10223066B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2019-03-05 Apple Inc. Proactive assistance based on dialog communication between devices
US10241752B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2019-03-26 Apple Inc. Interface for a virtual digital assistant
US10241644B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2019-03-26 Apple Inc. Actionable reminder entries
US10249300B2 (en) 2016-06-06 2019-04-02 Apple Inc. Intelligent list reading
US10255907B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-04-09 Apple Inc. Automatic accent detection using acoustic models
US10269345B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2019-04-23 Apple Inc. Intelligent task discovery
US10276170B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2019-04-30 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant
US10283110B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2019-05-07 Apple Inc. Methods and apparatuses for automatic speech recognition
US10297253B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2019-05-21 Apple Inc. Application integration with a digital assistant
US10303715B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2019-05-28 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for media exploration
US10311144B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2019-06-04 Apple Inc. Emoji word sense disambiguation
US10318871B2 (en) 2005-09-08 2019-06-11 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for building an intelligent automated assistant
US10332518B2 (en) 2017-05-09 2019-06-25 Apple Inc. User interface for correcting recognition errors
US10356243B2 (en) 2015-06-05 2019-07-16 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant aided communication with 3rd party service in a communication session
US10354011B2 (en) 2016-06-09 2019-07-16 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant in a home environment
US10366158B2 (en) 2015-09-29 2019-07-30 Apple Inc. Efficient word encoding for recurrent neural network language models
US10395654B2 (en) 2017-05-11 2019-08-27 Apple Inc. Text normalization based on a data-driven learning network
US10403278B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2019-09-03 Apple Inc. Methods and systems for phonetic matching in digital assistant services
US10403283B1 (en) 2018-06-01 2019-09-03 Apple Inc. Voice interaction at a primary device to access call functionality of a companion device
US10410637B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2019-09-10 Apple Inc. User-specific acoustic models
US10417266B2 (en) 2017-05-09 2019-09-17 Apple Inc. Context-aware ranking of intelligent response suggestions
US10446141B2 (en) 2014-08-28 2019-10-15 Apple Inc. Automatic speech recognition based on user feedback
US10446143B2 (en) 2016-03-14 2019-10-15 Apple Inc. Identification of voice inputs providing credentials
US10445429B2 (en) 2017-09-21 2019-10-15 Apple Inc. Natural language understanding using vocabularies with compressed serialized tries
US10474753B2 (en) 2016-09-07 2019-11-12 Apple Inc. Language identification using recurrent neural networks
US10482874B2 (en) 2017-05-15 2019-11-19 Apple Inc. Hierarchical belief states for digital assistants
US10490187B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2019-11-26 Apple Inc. Digital assistant providing automated status report
US10496753B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2019-12-03 Apple Inc. Automatically adapting user interfaces for hands-free interaction
US10496705B1 (en) 2018-06-03 2019-12-03 Apple Inc. Accelerated task performance
US10509862B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2019-12-17 Apple Inc. Dynamic phrase expansion of language input
US10521466B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2019-12-31 Apple Inc. Data driven natural language event detection and classification
US10553209B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2020-02-04 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for hands-free notification summaries
US10552013B2 (en) 2014-12-02 2020-02-04 Apple Inc. Data detection
US10567477B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2020-02-18 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant continuity
US10568032B2 (en) 2007-04-03 2020-02-18 Apple Inc. Method and system for operating a multi-function portable electronic device using voice-activation
US10592604B2 (en) 2018-03-12 2020-03-17 Apple Inc. Inverse text normalization for automatic speech recognition
US10593346B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-03-17 Apple Inc. Rank-reduced token representation for automatic speech recognition
US10636424B2 (en) 2017-11-30 2020-04-28 Apple Inc. Multi-turn canned dialog
US10637986B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2020-04-28 Apple Inc. Displaying and updating a set of application views
US10643611B2 (en) 2008-10-02 2020-05-05 Apple Inc. Electronic devices with voice command and contextual data processing capabilities
US10657328B2 (en) 2017-06-02 2020-05-19 Apple Inc. Multi-task recurrent neural network architecture for efficient morphology handling in neural language modeling
US10659851B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2020-05-19 Apple Inc. Real-time digital assistant knowledge updates
US10671428B2 (en) 2015-09-08 2020-06-02 Apple Inc. Distributed personal assistant
US10679605B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2020-06-09 Apple Inc. Hands-free list-reading by intelligent automated assistant
US10684703B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2020-06-16 Apple Inc. Attention aware virtual assistant dismissal
US10691473B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2020-06-23 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant in a messaging environment
US10699717B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2020-06-30 Apple Inc. Intelligent assistant for home automation
US10706373B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2020-07-07 Apple Inc. Performing actions associated with task items that represent tasks to perform
US10705794B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2020-07-07 Apple Inc. Automatically adapting user interfaces for hands-free interaction
US10714117B2 (en) 2013-02-07 2020-07-14 Apple Inc. Voice trigger for a digital assistant
US10726832B2 (en) 2017-05-11 2020-07-28 Apple Inc. Maintaining privacy of personal information
US10733982B2 (en) 2018-01-08 2020-08-04 Apple Inc. Multi-directional dialog
US10733375B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2020-08-04 Apple Inc. Knowledge-based framework for improving natural language understanding
US10733993B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2020-08-04 Apple Inc. Intelligent digital assistant in a multi-tasking environment
US10739974B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2020-08-11 Apple Inc. Configuring context-specific user interfaces
US10747498B2 (en) 2015-09-08 2020-08-18 Apple Inc. Zero latency digital assistant
US10748546B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2020-08-18 Apple Inc. Digital assistant services based on device capabilities
US10755703B2 (en) 2017-05-11 2020-08-25 Apple Inc. Offline personal assistant
US10755051B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2020-08-25 Apple Inc. Rule-based natural language processing
US10789959B2 (en) 2018-03-02 2020-09-29 Apple Inc. Training speaker recognition models for digital assistants
US10789945B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2020-09-29 Apple Inc. Low-latency intelligent automated assistant
US10791176B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2020-09-29 Apple Inc. Synchronization and task delegation of a digital assistant
US10789041B2 (en) 2014-09-12 2020-09-29 Apple Inc. Dynamic thresholds for always listening speech trigger
US10810274B2 (en) 2017-05-15 2020-10-20 Apple Inc. Optimizing dialogue policy decisions for digital assistants using implicit feedback
US10818288B2 (en) 2018-03-26 2020-10-27 Apple Inc. Natural assistant interaction
US10839159B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2020-11-17 Apple Inc. Named entity normalization in a spoken dialog system
US10892996B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2021-01-12 Apple Inc. Variable latency device coordination
US10909331B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2021-02-02 Apple Inc. Implicit identification of translation payload with neural machine translation
US10921976B2 (en) 2013-09-03 2021-02-16 Apple Inc. User interface for manipulating user interface objects
US10928918B2 (en) 2018-05-07 2021-02-23 Apple Inc. Raise to speak
US10984780B2 (en) 2018-05-21 2021-04-20 Apple Inc. Global semantic word embeddings using bi-directional recurrent neural networks
US11010127B2 (en) 2015-06-29 2021-05-18 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant for media playback
US11010550B2 (en) 2015-09-29 2021-05-18 Apple Inc. Unified language modeling framework for word prediction, auto-completion and auto-correction
US11010561B2 (en) 2018-09-27 2021-05-18 Apple Inc. Sentiment prediction from textual data
US11025565B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2021-06-01 Apple Inc. Personalized prediction of responses for instant messaging
US11023513B2 (en) 2007-12-20 2021-06-01 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for searching using an active ontology
US11069336B2 (en) 2012-03-02 2021-07-20 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for name pronunciation
US11140099B2 (en) 2019-05-21 2021-10-05 Apple Inc. Providing message response suggestions
US11145294B2 (en) 2018-05-07 2021-10-12 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for delivering content from user experiences
US11157135B2 (en) 2014-09-02 2021-10-26 Apple Inc. Multi-dimensional object rearrangement
US11170166B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2021-11-09 Apple Inc. Neural typographical error modeling via generative adversarial networks
US11204787B2 (en) 2017-01-09 2021-12-21 Apple Inc. Application integration with a digital assistant
US11217251B2 (en) 2019-05-06 2022-01-04 Apple Inc. Spoken notifications
US11227589B2 (en) 2016-06-06 2022-01-18 Apple Inc. Intelligent list reading
US11231904B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2022-01-25 Apple Inc. Reducing response latency of intelligent automated assistants
US11237797B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2022-02-01 Apple Inc. User activity shortcut suggestions
US11269678B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2022-03-08 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for integrating third party services with a digital assistant
US11281993B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2022-03-22 Apple Inc. Model and ensemble compression for metric learning
US11289073B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2022-03-29 Apple Inc. Device text to speech
US11301477B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2022-04-12 Apple Inc. Feedback analysis of a digital assistant
US11307752B2 (en) 2019-05-06 2022-04-19 Apple Inc. User configurable task triggers
US11314370B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2022-04-26 Apple Inc. Method for extracting salient dialog usage from live data
US11348573B2 (en) 2019-03-18 2022-05-31 Apple Inc. Multimodality in digital assistant systems
US11360634B1 (en) 2021-05-15 2022-06-14 Apple Inc. Shared-content session user interfaces
US11360641B2 (en) 2019-06-01 2022-06-14 Apple Inc. Increasing the relevance of new available information
US11386266B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2022-07-12 Apple Inc. Text correction
US11402968B2 (en) 2014-09-02 2022-08-02 Apple Inc. Reduced size user in interface
US11423908B2 (en) 2019-05-06 2022-08-23 Apple Inc. Interpreting spoken requests
US11462215B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2022-10-04 Apple Inc. Multi-modal inputs for voice commands
US11468282B2 (en) 2015-05-15 2022-10-11 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant in a communication session
US11475898B2 (en) 2018-10-26 2022-10-18 Apple Inc. Low-latency multi-speaker speech recognition
US11475884B2 (en) 2019-05-06 2022-10-18 Apple Inc. Reducing digital assistant latency when a language is incorrectly determined
US11488406B2 (en) 2019-09-25 2022-11-01 Apple Inc. Text detection using global geometry estimators
US11495218B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2022-11-08 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant operation in multi-device environments
US11496600B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2022-11-08 Apple Inc. Remote execution of machine-learned models
US11587559B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2023-02-21 Apple Inc. Intelligent device identification
US11638059B2 (en) 2019-01-04 2023-04-25 Apple Inc. Content playback on multiple devices
US11907013B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2024-02-20 Apple Inc. Continuity of applications across devices
US11907605B2 (en) 2021-05-15 2024-02-20 Apple Inc. Shared-content session user interfaces
US11928303B2 (en) 2021-09-23 2024-03-12 Apple Inc. Shared-content session user interfaces

Families Citing this family (32)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7835989B1 (en) 1992-12-09 2010-11-16 Discovery Communications, Inc. Electronic book alternative delivery systems
US7509270B1 (en) 1992-12-09 2009-03-24 Discovery Communications, Inc. Electronic Book having electronic commerce features
DE69329949T2 (en) 1992-12-09 2001-06-07 Discovery Communicat Inc NETWORK CONTROL FOR CABLE TV DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
US8073695B1 (en) 1992-12-09 2011-12-06 Adrea, LLC Electronic book with voice emulation features
US7849393B1 (en) 1992-12-09 2010-12-07 Discovery Communications, Inc. Electronic book connection to world watch live
US8095949B1 (en) 1993-12-02 2012-01-10 Adrea, LLC Electronic book with restricted access features
US7861166B1 (en) 1993-12-02 2010-12-28 Discovery Patent Holding, Llc Resizing document pages to fit available hardware screens
US7865567B1 (en) 1993-12-02 2011-01-04 Discovery Patent Holdings, Llc Virtual on-demand electronic book
US9053640B1 (en) 1993-12-02 2015-06-09 Adrea, LLC Interactive electronic book
US7111252B1 (en) 1999-09-22 2006-09-19 Harris Scott C Enhancing touch and feel on the internet
US8738471B2 (en) * 1999-09-22 2014-05-27 Scott C. Harris Enhancing touch and feel on the internet
US6876991B1 (en) 1999-11-08 2005-04-05 Collaborative Decision Platforms, Llc. System, method and computer program product for a collaborative decision platform
CA2390549C (en) 1999-11-17 2014-10-28 Discovery Communications, Inc. Electronic book having electronic commerce features
JP4205299B2 (en) * 2000-10-24 2009-01-07 セイコーエプソン株式会社 System and method for content distribution
US20020083182A1 (en) * 2000-12-18 2002-06-27 Alvarado Juan C. Real-time streamed data download system and method
GB2386454A (en) * 2000-12-20 2003-09-17 James Chien Liang Chua Method and apparatus for rewarding contributors
US8347104B2 (en) 2001-12-26 2013-01-01 Research In Motion Limited Security interface for a mobile device
US7668752B2 (en) * 2003-03-13 2010-02-23 Realnetworks, Inc. System and method for the distribution of software products
US8131647B2 (en) * 2005-01-19 2012-03-06 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Method and system for providing annotations of a digital work
US7639386B1 (en) * 2005-07-01 2009-12-29 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Automated creation of printed works having customized and/or personalized content
US8352449B1 (en) 2006-03-29 2013-01-08 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Reader device content indexing
US7751807B2 (en) 2007-02-12 2010-07-06 Oomble, Inc. Method and system for a hosted mobile management service architecture
US8024400B2 (en) 2007-09-26 2011-09-20 Oomble, Inc. Method and system for transferring content from the web to mobile devices
US8423889B1 (en) 2008-06-05 2013-04-16 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Device specific presentation control for electronic book reader devices
US8378979B2 (en) 2009-01-27 2013-02-19 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Electronic device with haptic feedback
US20110119696A1 (en) * 2009-11-13 2011-05-19 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Gifting multimedia content using an electronic address book
SG171492A1 (en) * 2009-12-01 2011-06-29 Creative Tech Ltd An electronic book reader
WO2012032535A1 (en) 2010-09-08 2012-03-15 Anuroop Iyengar An intelligent portable e-book/ e- reader
US20120090032A1 (en) * 2010-10-06 2012-04-12 Victor Trinklein Webtextbooks
CA2853856A1 (en) * 2010-11-25 2012-05-31 Kobo Inc. Systems and methods for managing a profile of a user accessing electronic content
EP3144869A1 (en) * 2015-09-15 2017-03-22 Tata Consultancy Services Limited Method and system to enable real-time availability of accessible format through multimodal, multichannel eco-system
CN110516189B (en) * 2019-08-29 2023-04-18 深圳市今天国际物流技术股份有限公司 Interface self-service method, device, computer equipment and storage medium

Citations (102)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3860873A (en) * 1971-10-01 1975-01-14 Tape Athon Corp Fm transmission system
US3869873A (en) * 1974-05-20 1975-03-11 Elliott Williams Company Inc Door structure for large freezer
US4071697A (en) * 1976-10-18 1978-01-31 Atari, Inc. Interactive video/telephone transmission system
US4251671A (en) * 1979-10-05 1981-02-17 Miles Laboratories, Inc. Extraction of citric acid
US4429385A (en) * 1981-12-31 1984-01-31 American Newspaper Publishers Association Method and apparatus for digital serial scanning with hierarchical and relational access
US4567512A (en) * 1982-08-19 1986-01-28 World Video Library, Inc. Recorded program communication system
US4578531A (en) * 1982-06-09 1986-03-25 At&T Bell Laboratories Encryption system key distribution method and apparatus
US4639225A (en) * 1982-06-24 1987-01-27 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Portable audio-visual electronic apparatus
US4644470A (en) * 1984-07-20 1987-02-17 International Business Machines Corp. Non-unique names for broadcast messages
US4649533A (en) * 1983-10-25 1987-03-10 Keycom Electronic Publishing Method and apparatus for retrieving remotely located information
US4653100A (en) * 1982-01-29 1987-03-24 International Business Machines Corporation Audio response terminal for use with data processing systems
US4724491A (en) * 1984-08-28 1988-02-09 Adams-Russell Co., Inc. Inserting television advertising spots automatically
US4731840A (en) * 1985-05-06 1988-03-15 The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy Method for encryption and transmission of digital keying data
US4796220A (en) * 1986-12-15 1989-01-03 Pride Software Development Corp. Method of controlling the copying of software
US4805014A (en) * 1983-11-07 1989-02-14 Sony Corporation Signal transmission system for a CATV system
US4891838A (en) * 1985-11-04 1990-01-02 Dental Data Service, Inc. Computer accessing system
US4899292A (en) * 1988-03-02 1990-02-06 Image Storage/Retrieval Systems, Inc. System for storing and retrieving text and associated graphics
US4982344A (en) * 1988-05-18 1991-01-01 Xerox Corporation Accelerating link creation
US4985697A (en) * 1987-07-06 1991-01-15 Learning Insights, Ltd. Electronic book educational publishing method using buried reference materials and alternate learning levels
USD314383S (en) * 1986-09-23 1991-02-05 RUF GmbH & Co. KG Elektrotechnische Spezialfabrik Remote-control transmitter
US4995078A (en) * 1988-06-09 1991-02-19 Monslow H Vincent Television broadcast system for selective transmission of viewer-chosen programs at viewer-requested times
US4996597A (en) * 1989-04-20 1991-02-26 Rca Licensing Corporation User programmable switching arrangement
US5078019A (en) * 1989-05-26 1992-01-07 Alps Electric Co., Ltd. Trackball device
US5089956A (en) * 1988-11-29 1992-02-18 International Business Machines Corporation Method of distributing related documents to identified end users in an information processing system
US5091782A (en) * 1990-04-09 1992-02-25 General Instrument Corporation Apparatus and method for adaptively compressing successive blocks of digital video
US5157783A (en) * 1988-02-26 1992-10-20 Wang Laboratories, Inc. Data base system which maintains project query list, desktop list and status of multiple ongoing research projects
US5182639A (en) * 1991-10-30 1993-01-26 Suganda Jutamulia Real-time analytic pseudocolor encoder system
US5185667A (en) * 1991-05-13 1993-02-09 Telerobotics International, Inc. Omniview motionless camera orientation system
US5282028A (en) * 1990-11-27 1994-01-25 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Remote control for digital music terminal with synchronized communications
US5282206A (en) * 1991-12-03 1994-01-25 Fujitsu Limited Synchronization circuit for establishing frame synchronism using pointers in a digital transmission system
US5283639A (en) * 1989-10-23 1994-02-01 Esch Arthur G Multiple media delivery network method and apparatus
US5285272A (en) * 1991-02-26 1994-02-08 Sasktel Video store and forward on demand apparatus and method
US5289271A (en) * 1991-09-09 1994-02-22 Watson John C Cable television-usage system
US5289288A (en) * 1990-07-20 1994-02-22 Mti Associates Method and apparatus for encoding a video signal having multi-language capabilities
US5379057A (en) * 1988-11-14 1995-01-03 Microslate, Inc. Portable computer with touch screen and computer system employing same
US5383112A (en) * 1991-01-07 1995-01-17 Gte Service Corporation Inventory management method
US5384588A (en) * 1991-05-13 1995-01-24 Telerobotics International, Inc. System for omindirectional image viewing at a remote location without the transmission of control signals to select viewing parameters
US5388196A (en) * 1990-09-07 1995-02-07 Xerox Corporation Hierarchical shared books with database
US5388101A (en) * 1992-10-26 1995-02-07 Eon Corporation Interactive nationwide data service communication system for stationary and mobile battery operated subscriber units
US5390348A (en) * 1992-02-12 1995-02-14 Creative Digital Inc. System for tracking and correcting drift and dispersion in satellite transmission signals
US5392387A (en) * 1992-12-17 1995-02-21 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for enhanced data access efficiency in an electronic book
US5404505A (en) * 1991-11-01 1995-04-04 Finisar Corporation System for scheduling transmission of indexed and requested database tiers on demand at varying repetition rates
US5467102A (en) * 1992-08-31 1995-11-14 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Portable display device with at least two display screens controllable collectively or separately
US5481542A (en) * 1993-11-10 1996-01-02 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Interactive information services control system
US5481294A (en) * 1993-10-27 1996-01-02 A. C. Nielsen Company Audience measurement system utilizing ancillary codes and passive signatures
US5481296A (en) * 1993-08-06 1996-01-02 International Business Machines Corporation Apparatus and method for selectively viewing video information
US5481255A (en) * 1993-02-10 1996-01-02 Data Critical Corp. Paging transmission system
US5483278A (en) * 1992-05-27 1996-01-09 Philips Electronics North America Corporation System and method for finding a movie of interest in a large movie database
US5485176A (en) * 1991-11-21 1996-01-16 Kabushiki Kaisha Sega Enterprises Information display system for electronically reading a book
US5484292A (en) * 1989-08-21 1996-01-16 Mctaggart; Stephen I. Apparatus for combining audio and visual indicia
US5485221A (en) * 1993-06-07 1996-01-16 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Subscription television system and terminal for enabling simultaneous display of multiple services
US5486686A (en) * 1990-05-30 1996-01-23 Xerox Corporation Hardcopy lossless data storage and communications for electronic document processing systems
US5495581A (en) * 1992-02-25 1996-02-27 Tsai; Irving Method and apparatus for linking a document with associated reference information using pattern matching
US5596697A (en) * 1993-09-30 1997-01-21 Apple Computer, Inc. Method for routing items within a computer system
US5598470A (en) * 1994-04-25 1997-01-28 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for enabling trial period use of software products: Method and apparatus for utilizing a decryption block
US5598279A (en) * 1993-11-02 1997-01-28 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Document circulating apparatus with automatic deletion of data
US5598351A (en) * 1993-02-26 1997-01-28 John C. Chater Communication system
US5598523A (en) * 1994-03-31 1997-01-28 Panasonic Technologies, Inc. Method and system for displayed menu activation using a matching distinctive arrangement of keypad actuators
US5598209A (en) * 1993-10-20 1997-01-28 Videoconferencing Systems, Inc. Method for automatically adjusting a video conferencing system camera
US5600368A (en) * 1994-11-09 1997-02-04 Microsoft Corporation Interactive television system and method for viewer control of multiple camera viewpoints in broadcast programming
US5600573A (en) * 1992-12-09 1997-02-04 Discovery Communications, Inc. Operations center with video storage for a television program packaging and delivery system
US5602596A (en) * 1994-04-08 1997-02-11 U S West Technologies, Inc. Method for navigating a complex multimedia structure at an interactive user station
US5604824A (en) * 1994-09-22 1997-02-18 Houston Advanced Research Center Method and apparatus for compression and decompression of documents and the like using splines and spline-wavelets
US5708960A (en) * 1994-02-17 1998-01-13 Hitachi, Ltd. Subscription newspaper dispatching system
US5710887A (en) * 1995-08-29 1998-01-20 Broadvision Computer system and method for electronic commerce
US5715515A (en) * 1992-12-02 1998-02-03 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Method and apparatus for downloading on-screen graphics and captions to a television terminal
US5719938A (en) * 1994-08-01 1998-02-17 Lucent Technologies Inc. Methods for providing secure access to shared information
US5721832A (en) * 1995-05-12 1998-02-24 Regal Greetings & Gifts Inc. Method and apparatus for an interactive computerized catalog system
US5721908A (en) * 1995-06-07 1998-02-24 International Business Machines Corporation Computer network for WWW server data access over internet
US5721956A (en) * 1995-05-15 1998-02-24 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method and apparatus for selective buffering of pages to provide continuous media data to multiple users
US5859594A (en) * 1990-06-28 1999-01-12 Motorola, Inc. Selective call receiver having selectable displays
US5862329A (en) * 1996-04-18 1999-01-19 International Business Machines Corporation Method system and article of manufacture for multi-casting audio visual material
US5862325A (en) * 1996-02-29 1999-01-19 Intermind Corporation Computer-based communication system and method using metadata defining a control structure
US5870767A (en) * 1996-11-22 1999-02-09 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for rendering hyper-link information in a printable medium from a graphical user interface
US5870717A (en) * 1995-11-13 1999-02-09 International Business Machines Corporation System for ordering items over computer network using an electronic catalog
US6012890A (en) * 1996-10-04 2000-01-11 Instabook Corporation Electronic bookstore vending machine
US6014184A (en) * 1993-09-09 2000-01-11 News America Publications, Inc. Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with data feed access
US6016484A (en) * 1996-04-26 2000-01-18 Verifone, Inc. System, method and article of manufacture for network electronic payment instrument and certification of payment and credit collection utilizing a payment
US6025837A (en) * 1996-03-29 2000-02-15 Micrsoft Corporation Electronic program guide with hyperlinks to target resources
US6025871A (en) * 1998-12-31 2000-02-15 Intel Corporation User interface for a video conferencing system
US6029176A (en) * 1997-11-25 2000-02-22 Cannon Holdings, L.L.C. Manipulating and analyzing data using a computer system having a database mining engine resides in memory
US6029141A (en) * 1997-06-27 2000-02-22 Amazon.Com, Inc. Internet-based customer referral system
US6029045A (en) * 1997-12-09 2000-02-22 Cogent Technology, Inc. System and method for inserting local content into programming content
US6173335B1 (en) * 1993-07-30 2001-01-09 Apple Computer, Inc. Structure and protocol for routing information in a system
US6177936B1 (en) * 1998-08-20 2001-01-23 International Business Machines Corporation Browser hierarchical contextual information for web pages
US6195667B1 (en) * 1998-10-16 2001-02-27 Softbook Press, Inc. On-line menu updating for an electronic book
US6335678B1 (en) * 1998-02-26 2002-01-01 Monec Holding Ag Electronic device, preferably an electronic book
US6339842B1 (en) * 1998-06-10 2002-01-15 Dennis Sunga Fernandez Digital television with subscriber conference overlay
US6344853B1 (en) * 2000-01-06 2002-02-05 Alcone Marketing Group Method and apparatus for selecting, modifying and superimposing one image on another
US6351750B1 (en) * 1998-10-16 2002-02-26 Softbook Press, Inc. Dynamic conversion of byte ordering for use on different processor platforms
US6507342B1 (en) * 1990-01-19 2003-01-14 Sony Corporation Information processing apparatus
US20030014754A1 (en) * 2000-02-04 2003-01-16 Chang Vernon S. Advertisement response system
US6510531B1 (en) * 1999-09-23 2003-01-21 Lucent Technologies Inc. Methods and systems for testing parallel queues
US20030018543A1 (en) * 2001-06-25 2003-01-23 Alger Jeffrey H. Client portal
US6675384B1 (en) * 1995-12-21 2004-01-06 Robert S. Block Method and apparatus for information labeling and control
US6683631B2 (en) * 1998-12-31 2004-01-27 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for selecting and deselecting information in an electronic document
US20040039934A1 (en) * 2000-12-19 2004-02-26 Land Michael Z. System and method for multimedia authoring and playback
US6847403B1 (en) * 1997-11-05 2005-01-25 Polycom, Inc. Integrated portable videoconferencing unit
US20070016657A1 (en) * 2005-07-14 2007-01-18 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Multimedia data processing devices, multimedia data processing methods and multimedia data processing programs
US7181692B2 (en) * 1994-07-22 2007-02-20 Siegel Steven H Method for the auditory navigation of text
US7181468B2 (en) * 2003-04-28 2007-02-20 Sony Corporation Content management for rich media publishing system
US7185274B1 (en) * 1999-12-07 2007-02-27 Microsoft Corporation Computer user interface architecture wherein users interact with both content and user interface by activating links

Family Cites Families (574)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB1204190A (en) 1966-12-26 1970-09-03 Mainichi Broadcasting System Multiplex communication system
US3891792A (en) 1974-06-25 1975-06-24 Asahi Broadcasting Television character crawl display method and apparatus
US3978470A (en) 1974-07-10 1976-08-31 Midwest Analog And Digital, Inc. Multi-channel data color display apparatus
US4023408A (en) 1975-01-10 1977-05-17 Dytronics Company, Inc. Stormscope
US4197590A (en) 1976-01-19 1980-04-08 Nugraphics, Inc. Method for dynamically viewing image elements stored in a random access memory array
FR2363949A1 (en) 1976-09-06 1978-03-31 Telediffusion Fse DIGITAL TRANSMISSION AND TEXT DISPLAY SYSTEM ON A TELEVISION SCREEN
US4528589A (en) 1977-02-14 1985-07-09 Telease, Inc. Method and system for subscription television billing and access
US4160242A (en) 1977-06-28 1979-07-03 Fowler Gerald C Reading machine
US4179212A (en) * 1977-09-06 1979-12-18 Xerox Corporation Demand publishing royalty accounting system
US4159417A (en) 1977-10-28 1979-06-26 Rubincam David P Electronic book
US4405829A (en) 1977-12-14 1983-09-20 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Cryptographic communications system and method
NL7802132A (en) 1978-02-27 1979-08-29 Philips Nv PORTABLE ELEMENT FOR RECORDING, REMEMBERING, DISPLAYING AND DISPLAYING DIGITAL INFORMATION AND BOOKING DEVICE FOR USE IN A BOOKING SYSTEM.
JPS54129942A (en) 1978-03-31 1979-10-08 Fujitsu Ltd Direct transfer system between sub-systems
US4860379A (en) 1979-05-18 1989-08-22 General Instrument Corporation Data communications system
US4513390A (en) 1979-06-08 1985-04-23 Planning Research Corporation System for digital transmission and synthesis of integrated data
US4406626A (en) 1979-07-31 1983-09-27 Anderson Weston A Electronic teaching aid
US4302193A (en) 1980-01-17 1981-11-24 Haynes Leonard S Reading tutor timer
US4398216A (en) 1980-09-19 1983-08-09 Telease, Inc. Multiple signal transmission method and system, particularly for television
DE3036552C2 (en) 1980-09-27 1985-04-25 Blaupunkt-Werke Gmbh, 3200 Hildesheim Television reception system
US4455570A (en) 1980-10-13 1984-06-19 Pioneer Electronic Corporation CATV System
US4381522A (en) 1980-12-01 1983-04-26 Adams-Russell Co., Inc. Selective viewing
US4688218A (en) 1981-07-15 1987-08-18 Etablissement Public De Diffusion Dit "Telediffusion De France" Multiplex channels for continuous flow for numerical signal
US4604710A (en) 1981-10-09 1986-08-05 International Business Machines Corporation System for converting data processing information to text processing format and vice versa
US4965825A (en) 1981-11-03 1990-10-23 The Personalized Mass Media Corporation Signal processing apparatus and methods
US4694490A (en) 1981-11-03 1987-09-15 Harvey John C Signal processing apparatus and methods
US4605964A (en) 1981-12-19 1986-08-12 Chard Frederick W Method and apparatus for editing the output of a television set
CA1200910A (en) 1981-12-29 1986-02-18 Toshiaki Yamada Terminal device for editing document and communicating data
US4579533A (en) 1982-04-26 1986-04-01 Anderson Weston A Method of teaching a subject including use of a dictionary and translator
US4533948A (en) 1982-04-30 1985-08-06 General Instrument Corporation CATV Communication system
US4484217A (en) 1982-05-11 1984-11-20 Telease, Inc. Method and system for remote reporting, particularly for pay television billing
DE3364719D1 (en) 1982-09-07 1986-08-28 Emi Plc Thorn Television and distribution network
US4517598A (en) 1982-10-22 1985-05-14 George Van Valkenburg Method and apparatus for electronic publishing
US4528643A (en) 1983-01-10 1985-07-09 Fpdc, Inc. System for reproducing information in material objects at a point of sale location
US4532540A (en) 1983-03-28 1985-07-30 Rca Corporation Teletext set-top converter with transparent mode
US4587520A (en) 1983-04-07 1986-05-06 Rca Corporation Cursor controlled page selection in a video display
US4916539A (en) 1983-04-21 1990-04-10 The Weather Channel, Inc. Communications system having receivers which can be addressed in selected classes
US4625235A (en) 1983-05-19 1986-11-25 Westinghouse Electric Corp. Remote control switching of television sources
US4613901A (en) 1983-05-27 1986-09-23 M/A-Com Linkabit, Inc. Signal encryption and distribution system for controlling scrambling and selective remote descrambling of television signals
US4816904A (en) 1983-06-09 1989-03-28 Control Data Corporation Television and market research data collection system and method
US4566030A (en) 1983-06-09 1986-01-21 Ctba Associates Television viewer data collection system
US4633462A (en) 1983-07-18 1986-12-30 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Multiple access communication on a CATV reverse channel
US4768087A (en) 1983-10-07 1988-08-30 National Information Utilities Corporation Education utility
US4776011A (en) 1983-10-24 1988-10-04 Sony Corporation Recursive key schedule cryptographic system
GB2149544B (en) 1983-11-08 1987-03-25 Standard Telephones Cables Ltd Electronic books for the partially sighted
NL8303991A (en) 1983-11-18 1985-06-17 Nl Standard Electric Mij B V CABLE TELEVISION NETWORK.
US4742543A (en) 1983-12-22 1988-05-03 Frederiksen Jeffrey E Video transmission system
GB8401318D0 (en) 1984-01-18 1984-02-22 Communications Patents Ltd Communications system
NL8400860A (en) 1984-03-16 1985-10-16 Nl Standard Electric Mij B V CABLE TELEVISION NETWORK.
US4625076A (en) 1984-03-19 1986-11-25 Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Public Corporation Signed document transmission system
US4602279A (en) 1984-03-21 1986-07-22 Actv, Inc. Method for providing targeted profile interactive CATV displays
AU3542284A (en) 1984-03-30 1985-10-03 Wang Laboratories, Inc. Enhanced videotex decoder
US4697209A (en) 1984-04-26 1987-09-29 A. C. Nielsen Company Methods and apparatus for automatically identifying programs viewed or recorded
GB8410671D0 (en) 1984-04-26 1984-05-31 British Telecomm Transmitting stereo audio programmes
US4673976A (en) 1984-05-31 1987-06-16 American Television & Communications Corporation Cable television system data verification apparatus
EP0167237A3 (en) 1984-05-31 1988-08-03 AMERICAN TELEVISION & COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION Cable television system
DE3423846A1 (en) 1984-06-28 1986-01-09 Telefunken Fernseh Und Rundfunk Gmbh, 3000 Hannover Television receiver with a teletext decoder
US4941125A (en) 1984-08-01 1990-07-10 Smithsonian Institution Information storage and retrieval system
US4890319A (en) 1984-09-21 1989-12-26 Scientific-Atlantic, Inc. Method for controlling copying of protected information transmitted over a communications link
US4829569A (en) 1984-09-21 1989-05-09 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Communication of individual messages to subscribers in a subscription television system
US4774655A (en) 1984-10-24 1988-09-27 Telebase Systems, Inc. System for retrieving information from a plurality of remote databases having at least two different languages
US5036537A (en) 1984-11-19 1991-07-30 General Instrument Corp. Geographic black-out method for direct broadcast satellite system
GB8429488D0 (en) 1984-11-22 1985-01-03 Communications Patents Ltd Interactive television distribution system
US4868866A (en) 1984-12-28 1989-09-19 Mcgraw-Hill Inc. Broadcast data distribution system
US4709266A (en) 1985-01-14 1987-11-24 Oak Industries Inc. Satellite scrambling communication network using geographically separated uplinks
US4616263A (en) 1985-02-11 1986-10-07 Gte Corporation Video subsystem for a hybrid videotex facility
NL8500690A (en) 1985-03-12 1986-10-01 Philips Nv REMOTE CONTROL UNIT FOR OPERATING VARIOUS MODULES.
SE448277B (en) 1985-04-12 1987-02-09 Draco Ab INDICATOR DEVICE WITH A DOSAGE DEVICE FOR MEDICINAL PRODUCTS
DE3688855T2 (en) 1985-05-01 1994-03-17 Gen Instrument Corp Satellite transmission system with direct transmission.
US4751578A (en) 1985-05-28 1988-06-14 David P. Gordon System for electronically controllably viewing on a television updateable television programming information
US4706121B1 (en) 1985-07-12 1993-12-14 Insight Telecast, Inc. Tv schedule system and process
GB2177873B (en) 1985-07-19 1989-11-22 Marconi Electronic Devices Communications system
US4854878A (en) 1985-11-29 1989-08-08 Malvino, Inc. Textbook with animated illustrations
US4688246A (en) 1985-12-20 1987-08-18 Zenith Electronics Corporation CATV scrambling system with compressed digital audio in synchronizing signal intervals
JPS62185485A (en) 1986-02-10 1987-08-13 Pioneer Electronic Corp Setting system for limit capable of viewing/listing charged program in bidirectional catv system
EP0243312B1 (en) 1986-04-18 1995-07-19 Nagra Plus S.A. Decoder for a pay television system
USD301037S (en) 1986-04-28 1989-05-09 Multivision Products, Inc. Hand-held remote control
US4694483A (en) 1986-06-02 1987-09-15 Innings Telecom Inc. Computerized system for routing incoming telephone calls to a plurality of agent positions
DE3787583T2 (en) 1986-07-07 1994-02-03 Semiconductor Energy Lab Portable book without paper.
US4866770A (en) 1986-07-08 1989-09-12 Scientific Atlanta, Inc. Method and apparatus for communication of video, audio, teletext, and data to groups of decoders in a communication system
US4890321A (en) 1986-07-08 1989-12-26 Scientific Atlanta, Inc. Communications format for a subscription television system permitting transmission of individual text messages to subscribers
US5202817A (en) 1989-06-07 1993-04-13 Norand Corporation Hand-held data capture system with interchangeable modules
US4792972A (en) 1986-08-19 1988-12-20 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Remote programming of CATV channel authorization unit
US4712130A (en) 1986-08-29 1987-12-08 Rca Corporation Chrominance signal frequency converter as for a pix-in-pix television receiver
US4941089A (en) 1986-12-12 1990-07-10 Datapoint Corporation Input/output network for computer system
US4820167A (en) 1987-01-14 1989-04-11 Nobles Anthony A Electronic school teaching system
JP2658030B2 (en) 1987-01-30 1997-09-30 ソニー株式会社 Information transmission equipment
JP2722450B2 (en) 1987-02-25 1998-03-04 ソニー株式会社 Central control device
WO1988006775A1 (en) 1987-02-27 1988-09-07 Logicblend Limited Improvements in interactive video systems
US4885803A (en) 1987-03-17 1989-12-05 Lawrence W. Hermann System and method for controlling a plurality of electronic entertainment devices
US4847700A (en) 1987-07-16 1989-07-11 Actv, Inc. Interactive television system for providing full motion synched compatible audio/visual displays from transmitted television signals
US5152011A (en) 1987-07-27 1992-09-29 Schwob Pierre R Broadcast receiver capable of automatic station identification and format-scanning based on an internal database updatable via data reception over the airwaves
CA1288516C (en) 1987-07-31 1991-09-03 Leendert M. Bijnagte Apparatus and method for communicating textual and image information between a host computer and a remote display terminal
US4829372A (en) 1987-08-20 1989-05-09 Telaction Corporation Presentation player
US5208665A (en) 1987-08-20 1993-05-04 Telaction Corporation Presentation player for an interactive digital communication system
JPS6450688A (en) 1987-08-21 1989-02-27 Hashimoto Corp Method and device for generating individual television program
US4930158A (en) 1987-09-02 1990-05-29 Vogel Peter S Selective video playing system
US5099331A (en) 1987-09-04 1992-03-24 Texas Instruments Incorporated Apparatus for overlaying a displayed image with a second image
US4876736A (en) 1987-09-23 1989-10-24 A. C. Nielsen Company Method and apparatus for determining channel reception of a receiver
US4924513A (en) 1987-09-25 1990-05-08 Digital Equipment Corporation Apparatus and method for secure transmission of data over an unsecure transmission channel
US5414426A (en) 1987-10-14 1995-05-09 Universal Electronics Inc. Favorite key macro command and chained macro command in a remote control
US4959810A (en) 1987-10-14 1990-09-25 Universal Electronics, Inc. Universal remote control device
US4918516A (en) 1987-10-26 1990-04-17 501 Actv, Inc. Closed circuit television system having seamless interactive television programming and expandable user participation
US4835607A (en) 1987-11-16 1989-05-30 Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for expanding compressed video data
US4855725A (en) 1987-11-24 1989-08-08 Fernandez Emilio A Microprocessor based simulated book
US4947429A (en) 1987-11-30 1990-08-07 Zenith Electronics Corporation Pay per view television signaling method
US4920432A (en) 1988-01-12 1990-04-24 Eggers Derek C System for random access to an audio video data library with independent selection and display at each of a plurality of remote locations
US5132789A (en) 1988-01-15 1992-07-21 Tiltrac Corporation Tilt rack video tape library and VCP to multiple subscriber system
US4829558A (en) 1988-01-19 1989-05-09 Peac Media Research, Inc. System and device for data transmission, and related method
FR2627045B1 (en) 1988-02-05 1994-07-01 Sgs Thomson Microelectronics SELECTION SYSTEM FOR RECEIVING BROADCASTED OR BROADCASTED BROADCASTS
US5010499A (en) 1988-02-22 1991-04-23 Yee Keen Y Digital data capture for use with TV set or monitor
US5121476A (en) 1988-02-22 1992-06-09 Yee Keen Y TV data capture device
US5235619A (en) 1990-03-20 1993-08-10 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Cable television radio frequency subscriber data transmission apparatus and rf return method
US5155590A (en) 1990-03-20 1992-10-13 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. System for data channel level control
US5319454A (en) 1990-11-13 1994-06-07 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. CATV system enabling access to premium (pay per view) program events by bar code data entry
US5003384A (en) 1988-04-01 1991-03-26 Scientific Atlanta, Inc. Set-top interface transactions in an impulse pay per view television system
US4928177A (en) 1988-04-11 1990-05-22 Cooper Industries, Inc. Two-way data broadcast networks
US4816901A (en) 1988-04-27 1989-03-28 Universal Video Communications Corp. Method and system for compressing color video data
US5146600A (en) 1988-04-30 1992-09-08 Minolta Camera Kabushiki Kaisha Document image filing system for furnishing additional managerial information for management of documents filed in the system
US4907082A (en) 1988-05-03 1990-03-06 Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. Dynamic control menu for a television system or the like
WO1989011693A1 (en) 1988-05-27 1989-11-30 Wang Laboratories, Inc. Document annotation and manipulation in a data processing system
US5130924A (en) 1988-06-30 1992-07-14 International Business Machines Corporation System for defining relationships among document elements including logical relationships of elements in a multi-dimensional tabular specification
US4977455B1 (en) 1988-07-15 1993-04-13 System and process for vcr scheduling
US5208745A (en) 1988-07-25 1993-05-04 Electric Power Research Institute Multimedia interface and method for computer system
JPH0695759B2 (en) 1988-08-08 1994-11-24 パイオニア株式会社 Billing display system for CCTV device
US5247575A (en) * 1988-08-16 1993-09-21 Sprague Peter J Information distribution system
JP3002471B2 (en) 1988-08-19 2000-01-24 株式会社日立製作所 Program distribution device
US4965819A (en) 1988-09-22 1990-10-23 Docu-Vision, Inc. Video conferencing system for courtroom and other applications
WO1990003706A1 (en) 1988-09-30 1990-04-05 Right Hemisphere Pty. Limited Television programme distribution system
US5221962A (en) 1988-10-03 1993-06-22 Popeil Industries, Inc. Subliminal device having manual adjustment of perception level of subliminal messages
US4975951A (en) 1988-10-07 1990-12-04 General Instrument Corporation IPPV programming distribution control system
USD325581S (en) 1988-10-07 1992-04-21 Cable Electric Products, Inc. Remote control
US5691777A (en) 1988-10-17 1997-11-25 Kassatly; Lord Samuel Anthony Method and apparatus for simultaneous compression of video, audio and data signals
US5105268A (en) 1988-11-08 1992-04-14 Fujitsu Limited Community antenna broadcast system having an improved channel selecting system permitting purchase of a selected channel from a plurality of non-purchased channels
JPH02152382A (en) 1988-12-02 1990-06-12 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Teletext receiver
US5038402A (en) 1988-12-06 1991-08-06 General Instrument Corporation Apparatus and method for providing digital audio in the FM broadcast band
US5199104A (en) 1988-12-15 1993-03-30 Sony Corporation Electronic organizer with electronic book marker
US5159669A (en) 1988-12-15 1992-10-27 Xerox Corporation Automatically creating a second workspace operation record including history data and a unit ID based on a first workspace operation
US4949187A (en) 1988-12-16 1990-08-14 Cohen Jason M Video communications system having a remotely controlled central source of video and audio data
US5077607A (en) 1988-12-23 1991-12-31 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Cable television transaction terminal
US5001554A (en) 1988-12-23 1991-03-19 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Terminal authorization method
KR920002049B1 (en) 1988-12-31 1992-03-10 삼성전자 주식회사 Multi-screen execution method
CA1319762C (en) 1989-02-28 1993-06-29 Elie Cassorla Method for displaying online information
CA2010094A1 (en) 1989-03-09 1990-09-09 Robert R. Butler Binding line book tracking system and method
US5124980A (en) 1989-03-20 1992-06-23 Maki Gerald G Synchronous multiport digital 2-way communications network using T1 PCM on a CATV cable
JPH0322259A (en) 1989-03-22 1991-01-30 Seiko Epson Corp Small-sized data display and reproducing device
US5239665A (en) 1989-03-30 1993-08-24 Hiuka Sangyo Kabushiki Kaisha Electronic book having several keys for changing pages and underlining certain portions of text
US5015829A (en) 1989-04-28 1991-05-14 Hewlett-Packard Company Key pad and front panel assembly for an electronic instrument
NL8901133A (en) 1989-05-03 1990-12-03 Nederland Ptt DATA DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM FOR DISTRIBUTING DATA VIA INFORMATION FREE ZONES IN A TELEVISION SIGNAL TO BE TRANSMITTED BY A TRANSMITTER.
US4947244A (en) 1989-05-03 1990-08-07 On Command Video Corporation Video selection and distribution system
US5014125A (en) 1989-05-05 1991-05-07 Cableshare, Inc. Television system for the interactive distribution of selectable video presentations
US5150118A (en) 1989-05-08 1992-09-22 Hewlett-Packard Company Interchangeable coded key pad assemblies alternately attachable to a user definable keyboard to enable programmable keyboard functions
US5151782A (en) 1989-05-17 1992-09-29 Reiss Media Enterprises Control system for satellite delivered pay-per-view television system
US5003591A (en) 1989-05-25 1991-03-26 General Instrument Corporation Functionally modifiable cable television converter system
US5253066C1 (en) 1989-06-01 2001-05-22 United Video Properties Inc Tv recording and viewing control system
US5047867A (en) 1989-06-08 1991-09-10 North American Philips Corporation Interface for a TV-VCR system
IL94519A (en) 1989-06-13 1993-07-08 Tv Answer Int Inc Satellite television communication system for audience polling and processing answers
US5319453A (en) 1989-06-22 1994-06-07 Airtrax Method and apparatus for video signal encoding, decoding and monitoring
US5663757A (en) 1989-07-14 1997-09-02 Morales; Fernando Software controlled multi-mode interactive TV systems
JP2830111B2 (en) 1989-07-21 1998-12-02 ソニー株式会社 High efficiency coding device
USD326446S (en) 1989-07-26 1992-05-26 Wong Curtis G Combined electronic book and CD ROM reader
US5166886A (en) 1989-07-31 1992-11-24 Molnar Charles E System to demonstrate and sell computer programs
US5231631A (en) 1989-08-15 1993-07-27 At&T Bell Laboratories Arrangement for regulating traffic in a high speed data network
US5167508A (en) 1989-08-21 1992-12-01 Mc Taggart Stephen I Electronic book
US5046093A (en) 1989-09-05 1991-09-03 General Instrument Corporation CATV subscriber apparatus with intelligent remote control
US5056138A (en) 1989-09-11 1991-10-08 Nuphase Electronics, Inc. Television selection system
JP2547641B2 (en) 1989-09-27 1996-10-23 三洋電機株式会社 Program reservation device
US5343516A (en) 1989-09-29 1994-08-30 Digital Systems Group, Inc. Computer telecommunications signalling interface
US5049862A (en) 1989-10-06 1991-09-17 Communication Intelligence Corporation ("Cic") Keyless flat panel portable computer--computer aided notebook
US5339239A (en) 1989-10-13 1994-08-16 Mitsubishi Plastics Industries Limited Information collecting and/or service furnishing systems by which a user can request information from a central data base using a portable personal terminal and an access terminal
US5073930A (en) 1989-10-19 1991-12-17 Green James A Method and system for receiving and distributing satellite transmitted television signals
US5128662A (en) 1989-10-20 1992-07-07 Failla Stephen J Collapsibly segmented display screens for computers or the like
US5155591A (en) 1989-10-23 1992-10-13 General Instrument Corporation Method and apparatus for providing demographically targeted television commercials
DE3935294A1 (en) 1989-10-24 1991-04-25 Grundig Emv VIDEORECORDER WITH A DEVICE FOR STORING THE CONTENTS OF A TAPE MAGAZINE CONTAINING A VARIETY OF MAGNETIC TAPE CASSETTES
US5241671C1 (en) 1989-10-26 2002-07-02 Encyclopaedia Britannica Educa Multimedia search system using a plurality of entry path means which indicate interrelatedness of information
JPH03141752A (en) 1989-10-27 1991-06-17 Hitachi Ltd Picture signal transmitting method
EP1335594A3 (en) 1989-10-30 2003-09-10 Starsight Telecast, Inc. A system for unattended recording of television programs
US5353121A (en) 1989-10-30 1994-10-04 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Television schedule system
IT1237668B (en) 1989-10-31 1993-06-15 Telettra Lab Telefon SYSTEM AND MULTIPLATOR / DEMULTIPLATOR FOR THE TRANSMISSION / RECEPTION OF DIGITAL TELEVISION INFORMATION.
US5318450A (en) 1989-11-22 1994-06-07 Gte California Incorporated Multimedia distribution system for instructional materials
US5218672A (en) 1990-01-19 1993-06-08 Sony Corporation Of America Offline editing system with user interface for controlling edit list generation
US5130792A (en) 1990-02-01 1992-07-14 Usa Video Inc. Store and forward video system
US5237610A (en) 1990-02-01 1993-08-17 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Independent external security module for a digitally upgradeable television signal decoder
US5446919A (en) 1990-02-20 1995-08-29 Wilkins; Jeff K. Communication system and method with demographically or psychographically defined audiences
JP3080382B2 (en) 1990-02-21 2000-08-28 株式会社日立製作所 Cryptographic communication system
US5146552A (en) 1990-02-28 1992-09-08 International Business Machines Corporation Method for associating annotation with electronically published material
US5251324A (en) 1990-03-20 1993-10-05 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Method and apparatus for generating and collecting viewing statistics for remote terminals in a cable television system
US5351075A (en) 1990-03-20 1994-09-27 Frederick Herz Home video club television broadcasting system
EP0450841B1 (en) 1990-03-29 1996-08-21 Gte Laboratories Incorporated Video control system
US5115426A (en) 1990-03-30 1992-05-19 At&T Bell Laboratories Broadband isdn packet switching arrangements
US5020129A (en) 1990-04-16 1991-05-28 General Instrument Corporation Addressable control system for CATV program distribution
US5256067A (en) 1990-04-25 1993-10-26 Gildea Patricia M Device and method for optimal reading vocabulary development
US5321846A (en) 1990-04-28 1994-06-14 Sony Corporation Signal transmission system with quicker response and with parallel and serial outputs
US5257185A (en) 1990-05-21 1993-10-26 Ann W. Farley Interactive, cross-referenced knowledge system
US5233333A (en) 1990-05-21 1993-08-03 Borsuk Sherwin M Portable hand held reading unit with reading aid feature
USD331760S (en) 1990-05-29 1992-12-15 Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. Remote control
US5640552A (en) 1990-05-29 1997-06-17 Franklin Electronic Publishers, Incorporated Method and apparatus for providing multi-level searching in an electronic book
IL94729A0 (en) 1990-06-13 1991-04-15 Yossef Yomdin Compressed image production,storage transmission and processing
US5057917A (en) 1990-06-20 1991-10-15 The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration Real-time data compression of broadcast video signals
US5260778A (en) 1990-06-26 1993-11-09 General Instrument Corporation Apparatus for selective distribution of messages over a communications network
US5428529A (en) 1990-06-29 1995-06-27 International Business Machines Corporation Structured document tags invoking specialized functions
AU8415891A (en) 1990-07-27 1992-03-02 Harvey M. Ross System and method of manufacturing a single book copy
CA2022302C (en) 1990-07-30 1995-02-28 Douglas J. Ballantyne Method and apparatus for distribution of movies
EP0472070A3 (en) 1990-08-22 1993-06-23 Xerox Corporation Electronic library
JPH04200082A (en) 1990-11-29 1992-07-21 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Teletext broadcast receiver
JP3089479B2 (en) 1990-09-04 2000-09-18 ソニー株式会社 Television image display
ATE220273T1 (en) 1990-09-10 2002-07-15 Starsight Telecast Inc TELEVISION PROGRAM SYSTEM
US5103314A (en) 1990-09-24 1992-04-07 Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. Color-coded system for selection of rf input terminals and associated scan lists
US5319542A (en) 1990-09-27 1994-06-07 International Business Machines Corporation System for ordering items using an electronic catalogue
JP2552030B2 (en) 1990-09-27 1996-11-06 マスプロ電工株式会社 Satellite signal receiver
US5093718A (en) 1990-09-28 1992-03-03 Inteletext Systems, Inc. Interactive home information system
US5319455A (en) 1990-09-28 1994-06-07 Ictv Inc. System for distributing customized commercials to television viewers
AU656542B2 (en) 1990-10-01 1995-02-09 Thomas A. Bush Transactional processing system
US5204947A (en) 1990-10-31 1993-04-20 International Business Machines Corporation Application independent (open) hypermedia enablement services
JPH04180458A (en) 1990-11-15 1992-06-26 Fuji Xerox Co Ltd Facsimile equipment
US5327554A (en) 1990-11-29 1994-07-05 Palazzi Iii Michael A Interactive terminal for the access of remote database information
US5345580A (en) 1990-11-29 1994-09-06 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Microprocessor device and emulator device thereof
US5172413A (en) 1990-12-20 1992-12-15 Sasktel Secure hierarchial video delivery system and method
US5565999A (en) 1990-12-21 1996-10-15 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Image data communication processing method, and apparatus therefor
USD329238S (en) 1990-12-21 1992-09-08 Tandy Corporation Universal remote controller
US5206722A (en) 1990-12-28 1993-04-27 At&T Bell Laboratories Remote channel switching for video on demand service
US5132992A (en) 1991-01-07 1992-07-21 Paul Yurt Audio and video transmission and receiving system
US5253275A (en) 1991-01-07 1993-10-12 H. Lee Browne Audio and video transmission and receiving system
JPH04245818A (en) 1991-01-31 1992-09-02 Pioneer Electron Corp Information transmission system
US5367643A (en) 1991-02-06 1994-11-22 International Business Machines Corporation Generic high bandwidth adapter having data packet memory configured in three level hierarchy for temporary storage of variable length data packets
US5253341A (en) 1991-03-04 1993-10-12 Rozmanith Anthony I Remote query communication system
CN1066359A (en) 1991-03-19 1992-11-18 亚特兰大科研公司 Produce and collect the method and apparatus of cable television system medium-long range terminal viewership statistics
US5220649A (en) 1991-03-20 1993-06-15 Forcier Mitchell D Script/binary-encoded-character processing method and system with moving space insertion mode
JP3105015B2 (en) 1991-03-25 2000-10-30 パイオニア株式会社 Terminal device in CATV system
CA2064508A1 (en) 1991-04-26 1992-10-27 John D. Gerlach, Jr. Methods and apparatus providing for a multimedia authoring and presentation system
US5764276A (en) 1991-05-13 1998-06-09 Interactive Pictures Corporation Method and apparatus for providing perceived video viewing experiences using still images
US5903319A (en) 1991-05-13 1999-05-11 Interactive Pictures Corporation Method for eliminating temporal and spacial distortion from interlaced video signals
JP2938611B2 (en) 1991-05-14 1999-08-23 富士通株式会社 TV signal exchange system
US5479508A (en) 1991-05-22 1995-12-26 Zenith Electronics Corp. Method of operating a pay per view television system
US5216515A (en) 1991-05-23 1993-06-01 Adexpress Company Addressable video feed system
JP2622049B2 (en) 1991-05-24 1997-06-18 松下電器産業株式会社 Cable broadcasting system
FR2677166B1 (en) 1991-05-30 1993-08-06 Alsthom Gec METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A CONTACT TULIP AND CONTACT TULIP CARRIED OUT ACCORDING TO THE METHOD.
JP3129762B2 (en) 1991-06-06 2001-01-31 シャープ株式会社 Small information terminal
US5237614A (en) 1991-06-07 1993-08-17 Security Dynamics Technologies, Inc. Integrated network security system
CA2044574A1 (en) 1991-06-13 1992-12-14 Frederick James Anderson Information distribution through a communication subscription system utilizing an interactive storage and retrieval device
JP3308562B2 (en) 1991-07-15 2002-07-29 株式会社日立製作所 Video conference terminal
CA2048039A1 (en) 1991-07-19 1993-01-20 Steven Derose Data processing system and method for generating a representation for and random access rendering of electronic documents
US5293540A (en) 1991-07-29 1994-03-08 Nview Corporation Method and apparatus for merging independently generated internal video with external video
US5367330A (en) 1991-08-01 1994-11-22 Luther Haave Pay-per-view television delivery system
US5237311A (en) 1991-08-01 1993-08-17 Picker International, Inc. Hingedly supported integrated trackball and selection device
US5210611A (en) 1991-08-12 1993-05-11 Keen Y. Yee Automatic tuning radio/TV using filtered seek
US5367621A (en) 1991-09-06 1994-11-22 International Business Machines Corporation Data processing method to provide a generalized link from a reference point in an on-line book to an arbitrary multimedia object which can be dynamically updated
JPH0575944A (en) 1991-09-10 1993-03-26 Sony Corp Television receiver
US5247347A (en) 1991-09-27 1993-09-21 Bell Atlantic Network Services, Inc. Pstn architecture for video-on-demand services
US5528281A (en) 1991-09-27 1996-06-18 Bell Atlantic Network Services Method and system for accessing multimedia data over public switched telephone network
US5404393A (en) 1991-10-03 1995-04-04 Viscorp Method and apparatus for interactive television through use of menu windows
US5396546A (en) 1991-10-03 1995-03-07 Viscorp Apparatus and method for automatic and user configurable information appliance
US5173051B1 (en) 1991-10-15 1997-06-10 Optical Data Corp Curriculum planning and publishing method
US5524193A (en) 1991-10-15 1996-06-04 And Communications Interactive multimedia annotation method and apparatus
US5416508A (en) 1991-10-22 1995-05-16 Pioneer Electronic Corporation CATV system with transmission of program schedules, linked program broadcasts, and permissive ordering periods
US5235419A (en) 1991-10-24 1993-08-10 General Instrument Corporation Adaptive motion compensation using a plurality of motion compensators
US5350303A (en) 1991-10-24 1994-09-27 At&T Bell Laboratories Method for accessing information in a computer
US5315711A (en) 1991-11-01 1994-05-24 Unisys Corporation Method and apparatus for remotely and centrally controlling a plurality of host processors
WO1993009490A1 (en) 1991-11-04 1993-05-13 Vpr Systems Ltd. Lap-top computer for retrieving and displaying text and graphic information encoded on personal library cd-rom
US5734823A (en) 1991-11-04 1998-03-31 Microtome, Inc. Systems and apparatus for electronic communication and storage of information
US5632022A (en) 1991-11-13 1997-05-20 The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration Encyclopedia of software components
GB9124337D0 (en) 1991-11-15 1992-01-08 Philips Electronic Associated Method of storing user information items and apparatus for reproducing stored items
JPH05143476A (en) 1991-11-20 1993-06-11 Fujitsu Ltd Diagnostic system for instruction queue
US5343239A (en) 1991-11-20 1994-08-30 Zing Systems, L.P. Transaction based interactive television system
US5724091A (en) 1991-11-25 1998-03-03 Actv, Inc. Compressed digital data interactive program system
US5477262A (en) 1991-11-29 1995-12-19 Scientific-Altanta, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing an on-screen user interface for a subscription television terminal
US5497187A (en) 1991-11-29 1996-03-05 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. In-band/out-of-band data transmission method and apparatus for a television system
US5202290A (en) 1991-12-02 1993-04-13 Martin Moskovits Process for manufacture of quantum dot and quantum wire semiconductors
JP2793399B2 (en) 1991-12-09 1998-09-03 日本電気株式会社 Buffer device
US5319649A (en) 1991-12-27 1994-06-07 Comstream Corporation Transmission systems and decoders therefor
US5195181A (en) 1992-01-10 1993-03-16 Digital Equipment Corporation Message processing system having separate message receiving and transmitting processors with message processing being distributed between the separate processors
US5689648A (en) 1992-01-31 1997-11-18 Raychem Corporation Method and apparatus for publication of information
JP3328951B2 (en) 1992-02-07 2002-09-30 ソニー株式会社 TV receiver and tuning method
JP3299771B2 (en) 1992-02-18 2002-07-08 パイオニア株式会社 Teletext receiver
US5341166A (en) 1992-02-27 1994-08-23 Video Control Technology, Inc. System for controlling selected devices having unique sets of control codes
US5418957A (en) 1992-03-09 1995-05-23 Narayan; Rom Network data dictionary
US5432561A (en) 1992-03-27 1995-07-11 North American Philips Corporation System for automatically activating picture-in-picture when an auxiliary signal is detected
US5444853A (en) 1992-03-31 1995-08-22 Seiko Epson Corporation System and method for transferring data between a plurality of virtual FIFO's and a peripheral via a hardware FIFO and selectively updating control information associated with the virtual FIFO's
DE4212184A1 (en) 1992-04-10 1993-10-14 Bosch Gmbh Robert Hydraulic control unit for double acting working cylinder esp. in vehicle steering unit - controls both working volumes by one 4/3-way valve with hydraulic shut off valve connected between each working vol. and 4/3-way valve
US5528490A (en) 1992-04-10 1996-06-18 Charles E. Hill & Associates, Inc. Electronic catalog system and method
JP2659896B2 (en) 1992-04-29 1997-09-30 インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレイション Structured document copy management method and structured document copy management device
US5262875A (en) 1992-04-30 1993-11-16 Instant Video Technologies, Inc. Audio/video file server including decompression/playback means
CA2257657A1 (en) 1992-05-08 1993-11-25 Market Data Corporation Restricted information distribution system apparatus and methods
US5341474A (en) 1992-05-15 1994-08-23 Bell Communications Research, Inc. Communications architecture and buffer for distributing information services
US5371532A (en) 1992-05-15 1994-12-06 Bell Communications Research, Inc. Communications architecture and method for distributing information services
EP0570785B1 (en) 1992-05-19 1997-10-01 THOMSON multimedia Method and apparatus for device control by data transmission in TV lines
US5223924A (en) 1992-05-27 1993-06-29 North American Philips Corporation System and method for automatically correlating user preferences with a T.V. program information database
US5291554A (en) 1992-05-28 1994-03-01 Tv Answer, Inc. Shared-price custom video rentals via interactive TV
US5375068A (en) 1992-06-03 1994-12-20 Digital Equipment Corporation Video teleconferencing for networked workstations
US5689663A (en) 1992-06-19 1997-11-18 Microsoft Corporation Remote controller user interface and methods relating thereto
US5835732A (en) 1993-10-28 1998-11-10 Elonex Ip Holdings, Ltd. Miniature digital assistant having enhanced host communication
JPH0619978A (en) 1992-06-30 1994-01-28 Sony Corp Reproducing and display device
AU4543593A (en) 1992-07-08 1994-01-31 Bell Atlantic Network Services, Inc. Media server for supplying video and multi-media data over the public telephone switched network
US5222136A (en) 1992-07-23 1993-06-22 Crest Industries, Inc. Encrypted communication system
JPH0646419A (en) 1992-07-27 1994-02-18 Lsi Japan Kk Tv charging system
DE69333831T2 (en) 1992-08-06 2005-11-10 Fujitsu Ltd., Kawasaki Terminal for transaction processing system using teletext transmission
US5412416A (en) 1992-08-07 1995-05-02 Nbl Communications, Inc. Video media distribution network apparatus and method
US5502576A (en) 1992-08-24 1996-03-26 Ramsay International Corporation Method and apparatus for the transmission, storage, and retrieval of documents in an electronic domain
US5432542A (en) 1992-08-31 1995-07-11 Television Computer, Inc. Television receiver location identification
EP0586954B1 (en) 1992-09-11 2004-11-03 Siemens Information & Communication Networks, Inc. Techniques for producing PC displays and printed transcripts from voicemail messages
USD362429S (en) 1992-09-18 1995-09-19 Booklink Corporation Electronic book library for storing digitized computer readable material
WO1994007327A1 (en) 1992-09-21 1994-03-31 Rolm Company Method and apparatus for on-screen camera control in video-conference equipment
US5586235A (en) 1992-09-25 1996-12-17 Kauffman; Ivan J. Interactive multimedia system and method
US5739814A (en) 1992-09-28 1998-04-14 Sega Enterprises Information storage system and book device for providing information in response to the user specification
US5799071A (en) 1992-10-05 1998-08-25 Azar; Sanjar Telecommunications cost-minimizing system
US5644354A (en) 1992-10-09 1997-07-01 Prevue Interactive, Inc. Interactive video system
US5420974A (en) 1992-10-15 1995-05-30 International Business Machines Corporation Multimedia complex form creation, display and editing method apparatus
US5446490A (en) 1992-10-23 1995-08-29 At&T Corp. Interactive television with tailored programming
US5418559A (en) 1992-10-23 1995-05-23 At&T Corp. Multi-channel television converter for conventional and interactive signals
US5742329A (en) 1992-10-26 1998-04-21 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Image pickup system and communication system for use in video conference system or the like
US5400401A (en) 1992-10-30 1995-03-21 Scientific Atlanta, Inc. System and method for transmitting a plurality of digital services
US5319707A (en) 1992-11-02 1994-06-07 Scientific Atlanta System and method for multiplexing a plurality of digital program services for transmission to remote locations
USD346620S (en) 1992-11-04 1994-05-03 Mcsorley Jeffrey E Electronic book for displaying sheet music
US5657414A (en) 1992-12-01 1997-08-12 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Auxiliary device control for a subscriber terminal
US5357276A (en) 1992-12-01 1994-10-18 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Method of providing video on demand with VCR like functions
DE69318571T2 (en) 1992-12-01 1998-09-17 Microsoft Corp METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IN-LOCAL INTERACTION WITH EMBEDDED OBJECTS
US5367571A (en) 1992-12-02 1994-11-22 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Subscriber terminal with plug in expansion card
US5341425A (en) 1992-12-02 1994-08-23 Scientific Atlanta, Inc. Methods and apparatus for uniquely encrypting data at a plurality of data transmission sites for transmission to a reception site
US5440632A (en) 1992-12-02 1995-08-08 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Reprogrammable subscriber terminal
US5410326A (en) 1992-12-04 1995-04-25 Goldstein; Steven W. Programmable remote control device for interacting with a plurality of remotely controlled devices
DE69329949T2 (en) 1992-12-09 2001-06-07 Discovery Communicat Inc NETWORK CONTROL FOR CABLE TV DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
US7835989B1 (en) 1992-12-09 2010-11-16 Discovery Communications, Inc. Electronic book alternative delivery systems
US7401286B1 (en) 1993-12-02 2008-07-15 Discovery Communications, Inc. Electronic book electronic links
US5798785A (en) 1992-12-09 1998-08-25 Discovery Communications, Inc. Terminal for suggesting programs offered on a television program delivery system
US5986690A (en) 1992-12-09 1999-11-16 Discovery Communications, Inc. Electronic book selection and delivery system
US5341426A (en) 1992-12-15 1994-08-23 Motorola, Inc. Cryptographic key management apparatus and method
US5465401A (en) 1992-12-15 1995-11-07 Texas Instruments Incorporated Communication system and methods for enhanced information transfer
JP3360856B2 (en) 1992-12-18 2003-01-07 富士通株式会社 Processor
TW234223B (en) 1993-01-05 1994-11-11 Yuen Henry C
US5544320A (en) 1993-01-08 1996-08-06 Konrad; Allan M. Remote information service access system based on a client-server-service model
US5349638A (en) 1993-01-25 1994-09-20 Micro-Technology Inc.-Wisconsin Universal calling/originating number identification
US5890122A (en) 1993-02-08 1999-03-30 Microsoft Corporation Voice-controlled computer simulateously displaying application menu and list of available commands
US5491821A (en) 1993-02-24 1996-02-13 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for incremental processing of computer objects
JPH06250895A (en) 1993-02-26 1994-09-09 Fujitsu Ltd Structured data base system
JPH06337896A (en) 1993-03-31 1994-12-06 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Device and method for retrieving electronic book display
US5426594A (en) 1993-04-02 1995-06-20 Motorola, Inc. Electronic greeting card store and communication system
JPH06303607A (en) 1993-04-15 1994-10-28 Canon Inc Video conference system and its control method
CA2121151A1 (en) 1993-04-16 1994-10-17 Trevor Lambert Method and apparatus for automatic insertion of a television signal from a remote source
JPH06311119A (en) 1993-04-20 1994-11-04 Sony Corp Data broadcasting system
US5408258A (en) 1993-04-21 1995-04-18 The Arbitron Company Method of automatically qualifying a signal reproduction device for installation of monitoring equipment
USD349923S (en) 1993-04-26 1994-08-23 Western Publishing Company, Inc. Electronic book
TW318315B (en) 1993-05-03 1997-10-21 At & T Corp
US5565908A (en) 1993-05-07 1996-10-15 Kayon Systems, Inc. Bi-directional system for providing information, management, and entertainment services
JP3343990B2 (en) 1993-05-19 2002-11-11 ソニー株式会社 Magnetic disk drive
US5375160A (en) 1993-05-28 1994-12-20 Ledler Corporation Interface apparatus for effecting captioning and communications between a telephone line and a television
US5365434A (en) 1993-06-04 1994-11-15 Carolyn E. Carlson Book enhancer
BR9406793A (en) 1993-06-07 1996-01-30 Scientific Atlanta Subscriber terminal display system for pay-TV system display system to generate a first video signal and process in display system to generate a first video signal
US5579055A (en) 1993-06-07 1996-11-26 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Electronic program guide and text channel data controller
TW235358B (en) 1993-06-11 1994-12-01 Philips Electronics Nv CD-I pointer device with 8 directions, 1 pixel/update
US5408465A (en) 1993-06-21 1995-04-18 Hewlett-Packard Company Flexible scheme for admission control of multimedia streams on integrated networks
US5621456A (en) 1993-06-22 1997-04-15 Apple Computer, Inc. Methods and apparatus for audio-visual interface for the display of multiple program categories
US5544342A (en) 1993-06-30 1996-08-06 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for prefetching information in a processing system
EP0632397A3 (en) 1993-07-02 1995-08-16 Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Book data service system with data delivery by broadcasting.
US5442390A (en) 1993-07-07 1995-08-15 Digital Equipment Corporation Video on demand with memory accessing and or like functions
US5329590A (en) 1993-07-08 1994-07-12 Uniden America Corporation Automatic pay-per-view reception in a satellite receiver
US5621658A (en) 1993-07-13 1997-04-15 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for communicating an electronic action from a data processing system to another data processing system via an audio device
US5355162A (en) 1993-07-13 1994-10-11 Pacific Ray Video Limited Multi-standard cable television system
US5437552A (en) 1993-08-13 1995-08-01 Western Publishing Co., Inc. Interactive audio-visual work
IL106746A (en) 1993-08-19 1997-02-18 News Datacom Ltd CATV systems
US5442626A (en) 1993-08-24 1995-08-15 At&T Corp. Digital communications system with symbol multiplexers
US5666493A (en) 1993-08-24 1997-09-09 Lykes Bros., Inc. System for managing customer orders and method of implementation
US5581560A (en) 1993-08-27 1996-12-03 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Communication apparatus and method for simultaneous communication of audio and data signals with improved audio control
US5377258A (en) 1993-08-30 1994-12-27 National Medical Research Council Method and apparatus for an automated and interactive behavioral guidance system
JPH0764893A (en) 1993-08-31 1995-03-10 Canon Inc Network system
FI97517C (en) 1993-09-06 1996-12-27 Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd Packet data transmission in a digital cellular network
US5499330A (en) 1993-09-17 1996-03-12 Digital Equipment Corp. Document display system for organizing and displaying documents as screen objects organized along strand paths
GB2298104B (en) 1993-09-20 1998-04-29 Motorola Inc Method and apparatus for trunked telephone access to a cable network
JP2781345B2 (en) 1993-09-20 1998-07-30 松下電器産業株式会社 Information playback device
US5410344A (en) 1993-09-22 1995-04-25 Arrowsmith Technologies, Inc. Apparatus and method of selecting video programs based on viewers' preferences
US5491785A (en) 1993-09-30 1996-02-13 Hewlett-Packard Company Information retrieval device for displaying and directly refreshing the display of a dynamically modifiable document
US5689641A (en) 1993-10-01 1997-11-18 Vicor, Inc. Multimedia collaboration system arrangement for routing compressed AV signal through a participant site without decompressing the AV signal
JPH07175868A (en) 1993-10-15 1995-07-14 Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm> Method and system for output of digital information to medium
US5572625A (en) 1993-10-22 1996-11-05 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Method for generating audio renderings of digitized works having highly technical content
US5631693A (en) 1993-10-25 1997-05-20 Antec Corporation Method and apparatus for providing on demand services in a subscriber system
JPH07129604A (en) * 1993-10-29 1995-05-19 Hiuka Sangyo Kk Remote library system for purchased electronic book data
US5524201A (en) 1993-11-03 1996-06-04 Apple Computer, Inc. Method of preparing an electronic book for a computer system
US6243071B1 (en) 1993-11-03 2001-06-05 Apple Computer, Inc. Tool set for navigating through an electronic book
US5771354A (en) 1993-11-04 1998-06-23 Crawford; Christopher M. Internet online backup system provides remote storage for customers using IDs and passwords which were interactively established when signing up for backup services
US5903867A (en) 1993-11-30 1999-05-11 Sony Corporation Information access system and recording system
US5473362A (en) 1993-11-30 1995-12-05 Microsoft Corporation Video on demand system comprising stripped data across plural storable devices with time multiplex scheduling
CA2459069A1 (en) 1993-12-02 1995-06-08 Discovery Communications, Inc. System and method for accumulating electronic book buy data
US9053640B1 (en) 1993-12-02 2015-06-09 Adrea, LLC Interactive electronic book
US5519780A (en) 1993-12-03 1996-05-21 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. System and method for providing compressed digital teletext services and teletext support services
JP3237362B2 (en) 1993-12-27 2001-12-10 松下電器産業株式会社 Program guide display device
US5594493A (en) 1994-01-19 1997-01-14 Nemirofsky; Frank R. Television signal activated interactive smart card system
US5509074A (en) 1994-01-27 1996-04-16 At&T Corp. Method of protecting electronically published materials using cryptographic protocols
US5531227A (en) 1994-01-28 1996-07-02 Schneider Medical Technologies, Inc. Imaging device and method
US5534888A (en) 1994-02-03 1996-07-09 Motorola Electronic book
US5466158A (en) 1994-02-14 1995-11-14 Smith, Iii; Jay Interactive book device
JPH07235909A (en) * 1994-02-25 1995-09-05 Fujitsu Ltd Transmission/reception system for electronic publication
US6298441B1 (en) 1994-03-10 2001-10-02 News Datacom Ltd. Secure document access system
TW236744B (en) 1994-03-23 1994-12-21 Thomson Consumer Electronics
US5500794A (en) 1994-03-31 1996-03-19 Panasonic Technologies, Inc. Distribution system and method for menu-driven user interface
US5572652A (en) 1994-04-04 1996-11-05 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy System and method for monitoring and controlling one or more computer sites
US5537141A (en) 1994-04-15 1996-07-16 Actv, Inc. Distance learning system providing individual television participation, audio responses and memory for every student
US5768521A (en) 1994-05-16 1998-06-16 Intel Corporation General purpose metering mechanism for distribution of electronic information
US5630125A (en) 1994-05-23 1997-05-13 Zellweger; Paul Method and apparatus for information management using an open hierarchical data structure
US5521631A (en) 1994-05-25 1996-05-28 Spectravision, Inc. Interactive digital video services system with store and forward capabilities
US5477263A (en) 1994-05-26 1995-12-19 Bell Atlantic Network Services, Inc. Method and apparatus for video on demand with fast forward, reverse and channel pause
AU2820695A (en) 1994-06-08 1996-01-04 Futurevision Of America Corp. Interactive broadband multimedia system
US5425102A (en) 1994-06-09 1995-06-13 Datasonix Corporation Computer security apparatus with password hints
US5475682A (en) 1994-06-10 1995-12-12 At&T Corp. Method of regulating backpressure traffic in a packet switched network
US5526469A (en) 1994-06-14 1996-06-11 Xerox Corporation System for printing image data in a versatile print server
JPH088850A (en) * 1994-06-16 1996-01-12 Hitachi Ltd Radio electronic book system
JPH088853A (en) 1994-06-24 1996-01-12 Sony Corp Scrambling device and descrambling device
US5453796A (en) 1994-06-28 1995-09-26 Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. Signal swap apparatus for a television receiver having an HDTV main picture signal processor and an NTSC Pix-in-Pix signal processor
US5787171A (en) 1994-06-28 1998-07-28 Sony Corporation Data transmitter and receiver
US5624265A (en) 1994-07-01 1997-04-29 Tv Interactive Data Corporation Printed publication remote contol for accessing interactive media
US5538430A (en) 1994-07-26 1996-07-23 Smith; B. Gary Self-reading child's book
US5555441A (en) 1994-08-02 1996-09-10 Interim Design Inc. Interactive audiovisual distribution system
US5640193A (en) 1994-08-15 1997-06-17 Lucent Technologies Inc. Multimedia service access by reading marks on an object
US5586264A (en) 1994-09-08 1996-12-17 Ibm Corporation Video optimized media streamer with cache management
US5515098A (en) 1994-09-08 1996-05-07 Carles; John B. System and method for selectively distributing commercial messages over a communications network
EP0701220B1 (en) 1994-09-12 2001-07-04 Adobe Systems Inc. Method and apparatus for viewing electronic documents
US5715314A (en) * 1994-10-24 1998-02-03 Open Market, Inc. Network sales system
US5608449A (en) 1994-10-31 1997-03-04 Rtc Industries, Inc. Wireless interactive consumer video system
WO1996015517A2 (en) 1994-11-02 1996-05-23 Visible Interactive Corporation Interactive personal interpretive device and system for retrieving information about a plurality of objects
US5724521A (en) 1994-11-03 1998-03-03 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for providing electronic advertisements to end users in a consumer best-fit pricing manner
US5727065A (en) 1994-11-14 1998-03-10 Hughes Electronics Deferred billing, broadcast, electronic document distribution system and method
US5638443A (en) 1994-11-23 1997-06-10 Xerox Corporation System for controlling the distribution and use of composite digital works
US7613659B1 (en) 1994-11-28 2009-11-03 Yt Acquisition Corporation System and method for processing tokenless biometric electronic transmissions using an electronic rule module clearinghouse
US5758257A (en) 1994-11-29 1998-05-26 Herz; Frederick System and method for scheduling broadcast of and access to video programs and other data using customer profiles
US6460036B1 (en) 1994-11-29 2002-10-01 Pinpoint Incorporated System and method for providing customized electronic newspapers and target advertisements
US5774170A (en) 1994-12-13 1998-06-30 Hite; Kenneth C. System and method for delivering targeted advertisements to consumers
US5799157A (en) 1994-12-13 1998-08-25 Elcom Systems, Inc. System and method for creating interactive electronic systems to present information and execute transactions
US5512934A (en) 1994-12-29 1996-04-30 At&T Corp. System and method for transmission of programming on demand
US5754172A (en) 1995-01-09 1998-05-19 Sony Corporation Information display method
JP2827946B2 (en) 1995-02-09 1998-11-25 日本電気株式会社 Video search system
US5892900A (en) 1996-08-30 1999-04-06 Intertrust Technologies Corp. Systems and methods for secure transaction management and electronic rights protection
US5530235A (en) 1995-02-16 1996-06-25 Xerox Corporation Interactive contents revealing storage device
US5696906A (en) 1995-03-09 1997-12-09 Continental Cablevision, Inc. Telecommunicaion user account management system and method
US5635918A (en) 1995-03-16 1997-06-03 Motorola, Inc. Method and apparatus for controlling message delivery to wireless receiver devices
US5630103A (en) 1995-03-20 1997-05-13 Smith; Patrick C. Radio transmission system for distribution of newspaper copy in computer format to personal computers for viewing
US5937162A (en) 1995-04-06 1999-08-10 Exactis.Com, Inc. Method and apparatus for high volume e-mail delivery
US5906397A (en) 1995-04-07 1999-05-25 Steve C. MacWilliams File folder and method
US6230202B1 (en) 1995-05-01 2001-05-08 Donald A Lewine Method for performing transactions on the world-wide web computer network
US5740549A (en) 1995-06-12 1998-04-14 Pointcast, Inc. Information and advertising distribution system and method
DE29510170U1 (en) 1995-06-22 1995-11-30 Siemens Ag Pen-oriented small calculator in the form of a notepad
US5778374A (en) 1995-08-03 1998-07-07 International Business Machines Corporation Compressed common file directory for mass storage systems
US5815662A (en) 1995-08-15 1998-09-29 Ong; Lance Predictive memory caching for media-on-demand systems
US6486895B1 (en) 1995-09-08 2002-11-26 Xerox Corporation Display system for displaying lists of linked documents
JP3441306B2 (en) 1995-09-12 2003-09-02 株式会社東芝 Client device, message transmission method, server device, page processing method, and relay server device
US5844600A (en) 1995-09-15 1998-12-01 General Datacomm, Inc. Methods, apparatus, and systems for transporting multimedia conference data streams through a transport network
EP0870246B1 (en) 1995-09-25 2007-06-06 Adobe Systems Incorporated Optimum access to electronic documents
US5682206A (en) 1995-09-25 1997-10-28 Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. Consumer interface for programming device
DE69529071T2 (en) 1995-09-29 2003-08-21 Hewlett Packard Co Flying over electronically stored information
JPH09101971A (en) * 1995-10-06 1997-04-15 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> Personal electronic book device
US5796954A (en) 1995-10-13 1998-08-18 Apple Computer, Inc. Method and system for maximizing the use of threads in a file server for processing network requests
US5788504A (en) 1995-10-16 1998-08-04 Brookhaven Science Associates Llc Computerized training management system
US5737747A (en) 1995-10-27 1998-04-07 Emc Corporation Prefetching to service multiple video streams from an integrated cached disk array
US6061504A (en) 1995-10-27 2000-05-09 Emc Corporation Video file server using an integrated cached disk array and stream server computers
US5742680A (en) 1995-11-13 1998-04-21 E Star, Inc. Set top box for receiving and decryption and descrambling a plurality of satellite television signals
ES2220995T5 (en) 1995-11-13 2009-03-16 Gemstar Development Corporation METHOD AND APPLIANCE FOR DISPLAYING TEXT DATA OR GRAPHICS ON THE TELEVISION RECEIVERS SCREEN.
US5793414A (en) 1995-11-15 1998-08-11 Eastman Kodak Company Interactive video communication system
US5802526A (en) 1995-11-15 1998-09-01 Microsoft Corporation System and method for graphically displaying and navigating through an interactive voice response menu
US5761485A (en) 1995-12-01 1998-06-02 Munyan; Daniel E. Personal electronic book system
US5726909A (en) 1995-12-08 1998-03-10 Krikorian; Thomas M. Continuous play background music system
US5761681A (en) 1995-12-14 1998-06-02 Motorola, Inc. Method of substituting names in an electronic book
US5697793A (en) 1995-12-14 1997-12-16 Motorola, Inc. Electronic book and method of displaying at least one reading metric therefor
US5663748A (en) 1995-12-14 1997-09-02 Motorola, Inc. Electronic book having highlighting feature
US5893132A (en) * 1995-12-14 1999-04-06 Motorola, Inc. Method and system for encoding a book for reading using an electronic book
US5918213A (en) 1995-12-22 1999-06-29 Mci Communications Corporation System and method for automated remote previewing and purchasing of music, video, software, and other multimedia products
US5737725A (en) 1996-01-09 1998-04-07 U S West Marketing Resources Group, Inc. Method and system for automatically generating new voice files corresponding to new text from a script
EP0880840A4 (en) * 1996-01-11 2002-10-23 Mrj Inc System for controlling access and distribution of digital property
US5790935A (en) 1996-01-30 1998-08-04 Hughes Aircraft Company Virtual on-demand digital information delivery system and method
US5631694A (en) 1996-02-01 1997-05-20 Ibm Corporation Maximum factor selection policy for batching VOD requests
US5930768A (en) 1996-02-06 1999-07-27 Supersonic Boom, Inc. Method and system for remote user controlled manufacturing
US5761606A (en) 1996-02-08 1998-06-02 Wolzien; Thomas R. Media online services access via address embedded in video or audio program
US6115482A (en) 1996-02-13 2000-09-05 Ascent Technology, Inc. Voice-output reading system with gesture-based navigation
US5978841A (en) 1996-03-08 1999-11-02 Berger; Louis Look ahead caching process for improved information retrieval response time by caching bodies of information before they are requested by the user
JP3862315B2 (en) 1996-03-13 2006-12-27 キヤノン株式会社 Image display apparatus and control method thereof
US5893109A (en) 1996-03-15 1999-04-06 Inso Providence Corporation Generation of chunks of a long document for an electronic book system
DE19611142A1 (en) 1996-03-21 1997-09-25 Bayer Ag Process for the preparation of hydroxymethylcyclopropane
JPH09284571A (en) * 1996-04-09 1997-10-31 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Electronic newspaper system
US5890177A (en) 1996-04-24 1999-03-30 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for consolidating edits made by multiple editors working on multiple document copies
WO1997041688A1 (en) 1996-04-29 1997-11-06 Agostino Richard J D Video directory entertainment and marketing method and apparatus
US6469753B1 (en) 1996-05-03 2002-10-22 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Information system
EP0810534B1 (en) 1996-05-13 2003-03-19 Oki Electric Industry Co., Ltd. Document display system and electronic dictionary
US5761468A (en) 1996-05-15 1998-06-02 Sun Microsystems Inc Hardware mechanism for optimizing instruction and data prefetching by forming augmented prefetch instructions
US5815671A (en) 1996-06-11 1998-09-29 Command Audio Corporation Method and apparatus for encoding and storing audio/video information for subsequent predetermined retrieval
US5956483A (en) 1996-06-28 1999-09-21 Microsoft Corporation System and method for making function calls from a web browser to a local application
US5884288A (en) * 1996-07-01 1999-03-16 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method and system for electronic bill payment
US5850520A (en) 1996-07-01 1998-12-15 Electronic Data Systems Corporation Method and system for electronic publication distribution including return receipt
US5760771A (en) 1996-07-17 1998-06-02 At & T Corp System and method for providing structured tours of hypertext files
US6279017B1 (en) 1996-08-07 2001-08-21 Randall C. Walker Method and apparatus for displaying text based upon attributes found within the text
US5956034A (en) * 1996-08-13 1999-09-21 Softbook Press, Inc. Method and apparatus for viewing electronic reading materials
US5850629A (en) 1996-09-09 1998-12-15 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. User interface controller for text-to-speech synthesizer
US5926624A (en) 1996-09-12 1999-07-20 Audible, Inc. Digital information library and delivery system with logic for generating files targeted to the playback device
EP0934581B1 (en) 1996-09-25 2002-12-04 Sylvan Learning Systems, Inc. Automated testing and electronic instructional delivery and student management system
US5881269A (en) 1996-09-30 1999-03-09 International Business Machines Corporation Simulation of multiple local area network clients on a single workstation
JPH10187267A (en) * 1996-12-25 1998-07-14 Digital Vision Lab:Kk Information supply system and charging system applied to the information supply system
US5923656A (en) 1996-10-22 1999-07-13 Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Scalable broad band input-queued ATM switch including weight driven cell scheduler
US6052717A (en) 1996-10-23 2000-04-18 Family Systems, Ltd. Interactive web book system
US6039575A (en) 1996-10-24 2000-03-21 National Education Corporation Interactive learning system with pretest
US6313828B1 (en) 1996-11-12 2001-11-06 Carlos Landetta Chombo Electronic book
US5903652A (en) 1996-11-25 1999-05-11 Microsoft Corporation System and apparatus for monitoring secure information in a computer network
WO1998027494A1 (en) * 1996-12-18 1998-06-25 Hitachi, Ltd. Electronic document management method
GB9626752D0 (en) 1996-12-23 1997-02-12 Northern Telecom Ltd Management of data structures
JP2751923B1 (en) 1997-02-05 1998-05-18 日本電気株式会社 Multipoint video conference system and multipoint video conference device
US6452933B1 (en) 1997-02-07 2002-09-17 Lucent Technologies Inc. Fair queuing system with adaptive bandwidth redistribution
US5850218A (en) 1997-02-19 1998-12-15 Time Warner Entertainment Company L.P. Inter-active program guide with default selection control
US6091930A (en) 1997-03-04 2000-07-18 Case Western Reserve University Customizable interactive textbook
US5787254A (en) 1997-03-14 1998-07-28 International Business Machines Corporation Web browser method and system for display and management of server latency
US20040219494A1 (en) 1997-03-21 2004-11-04 Boon John F. Authoring tool and method of use
US5844890A (en) 1997-03-25 1998-12-01 International Business Machines Corporation Communications cell scheduler and scheduling method for providing proportional use of network bandwith
US5959945A (en) 1997-04-04 1999-09-28 Advanced Technology Research Sa Cv System for selectively distributing music to a plurality of jukeboxes
US6452614B1 (en) 1997-04-14 2002-09-17 Siements Information And Communication Networks, Inc. Organizing a user interface using different personae
US5892915A (en) 1997-04-25 1999-04-06 Emc Corporation System having client sending edit commands to server during transmission of continuous media from one clip in play list for editing the play list
US6034680A (en) 1997-04-25 2000-03-07 Foundation For Concepts In Education, Inc. Supplying supplementary information for printed books
US6606603B1 (en) 1997-04-28 2003-08-12 Ariba, Inc. Method and apparatus for ordering items using electronic catalogs
JPH113341A (en) * 1997-06-10 1999-01-06 Sony Corp Information storing device, its method, information processing communication system and its method
US5864823A (en) 1997-06-25 1999-01-26 Virtel Corporation Integrated virtual telecommunication system for E-commerce
US5898852A (en) 1997-06-26 1999-04-27 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Load instruction steering in a dual data cache microarchitecture
CA2239339C (en) 1997-07-18 2002-04-16 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method and apparatus for providing speaker authentication by verbal information verification using forced decoding
US5991594A (en) 1997-07-21 1999-11-23 Froeber; Helmut Electronic book
US5957697A (en) 1997-08-20 1999-09-28 Ithaca Media Corporation Printed book augmented with an electronic virtual book and associated electronic data
US6301584B1 (en) 1997-08-21 2001-10-09 Home Information Services, Inc. System and method for retrieving entities and integrating data
US5987482A (en) 1997-09-08 1999-11-16 International Business Machines Corporation Computer system and method of displaying hypertext documents with internal hypertext link definitions
US6044385A (en) 1997-09-10 2000-03-28 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for efficiently managing the manipulation of large documents displayed within a computer screen
US6252879B1 (en) 1997-09-17 2001-06-26 Sony Corporation Single counter for controlling multiple finite state machines in a multi-port bridge for local area network
US6490620B1 (en) 1997-09-26 2002-12-03 Worldcom, Inc. Integrated proxy interface for web based broadband telecommunications management
US5986677A (en) 1997-09-30 1999-11-16 Compaq Computer Corporation Accelerated graphics port read transaction merging
US6101216A (en) 1997-10-03 2000-08-08 Rockwell International Corporation Splitterless digital subscriber line communication system
US6112049A (en) 1997-10-21 2000-08-29 The Riverside Publishing Company Computer network based testing system
US6006183A (en) 1997-12-16 1999-12-21 International Business Machines Corp. Speech recognition confidence level display
US6006236A (en) 1997-12-22 1999-12-21 Adobe Systems Incorporated Virtual navigator that produces virtual links at run time for identifying links in an electronic file
US6359881B1 (en) 1997-12-31 2002-03-19 At&T Corp. Hybrid fiber twisted pair local loop network service architecture
US6385614B1 (en) 1998-01-14 2002-05-07 Netlibrary Inc. Electronic bookshelf with multi-user features
US6331867B1 (en) 1998-03-20 2001-12-18 Nuvomedia, Inc. Electronic book with automated look-up of terms of within reference titles
US6101485A (en) 1998-03-26 2000-08-08 International Business Machines Corporation Electronic solicitations for internet commerce
US6009401A (en) 1998-04-06 1999-12-28 Preview Systems, Inc. Relicensing of electronically purchased software
US6657654B2 (en) 1998-04-29 2003-12-02 International Business Machines Corporation Camera for use with personal digital assistants with high speed communication link
US6415316B1 (en) 1998-09-01 2002-07-02 Aidministrator Nederland B.V. Method and apparatus for implementing a web page diary
US6611531B1 (en) 1998-09-30 2003-08-26 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for routing integrated data, voice, and video traffic
US6535505B1 (en) 1998-09-30 2003-03-18 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing a time-division multiplexing (TDM) interface among a high-speed data stream and multiple processors
US6295542B1 (en) 1998-10-02 2001-09-25 National Power Plc Method and apparatus for cross-referencing text
GB9822022D0 (en) 1998-10-09 1998-12-02 Roke Manor Research Method and apparatus for receiving a media broadcast
US6314474B1 (en) 1998-10-16 2001-11-06 Softbook Press, Inc. Efficient information exchange between an electronic book and a cartridge
US6331865B1 (en) 1998-10-16 2001-12-18 Softbook Press, Inc. Method and apparatus for electronically distributing and viewing digital contents
US6363418B1 (en) 1998-10-16 2002-03-26 Softbook Press, Inc. On-line image caching control for efficient image display
US6167435A (en) 1998-10-30 2000-12-26 Netcreations, Inc. Double opt-in™ method and system for verifying subscriptions to information distribution services
US6334109B1 (en) 1998-10-30 2001-12-25 International Business Machines Corporation Distributed personalized advertisement system and method
US6260024B1 (en) 1998-12-02 2001-07-10 Gary Shkedy Method and apparatus for facilitating buyer-driven purchase orders on a commercial network system
AU1936900A (en) 1998-12-08 2000-06-26 Mediadna, Inc. A system and method of obfuscating data
US6269483B1 (en) 1998-12-17 2001-07-31 International Business Machines Corp. Method and apparatus for using audio level to make a multimedia conference dormant
US6556561B1 (en) 1998-12-31 2003-04-29 Nortel Networks Corporation Data network for real time information
EP1155566A1 (en) 1999-01-27 2001-11-21 Discovery Communications, Inc. Electronic book having library catalog menu and searching features
US6813249B1 (en) 1999-02-16 2004-11-02 Efficient Networks, Inc. System and method for prefetching data
US7051351B2 (en) 1999-03-08 2006-05-23 Microsoft Corporation System and method of inserting advertisements into an information retrieval system display
US6249785B1 (en) 1999-05-06 2001-06-19 Mediachoice, Inc. Method for predicting ratings
WO2001018665A1 (en) 1999-09-08 2001-03-15 Discovery Communications, Inc. Video conferencing using an electronic book viewer
US6320591B1 (en) 1999-09-10 2001-11-20 Gateway, Inc. System and method for the utilization of an electronic book
CA2385097A1 (en) 1999-09-21 2001-03-29 Discovery Communications, Inc. Electronic book security and copyright protection system
US6886000B1 (en) 1999-09-29 2005-04-26 International Business Machines Corporation On-line negotiations with dynamic profiling
US6493734B1 (en) 1999-10-15 2002-12-10 Softbook Press, Inc. System and method to efficiently generate and switch page display views on a portable electronic book
US6597314B1 (en) 1999-12-07 2003-07-22 Microsoft Corporation Method and apparatus for providing help and settings control to users of an electronic book
US6990464B1 (en) 2000-01-11 2006-01-24 Ncr Corporation Apparatus, system and method for electronic book distribution
US7725812B1 (en) 2000-03-31 2010-05-25 Avid Technology, Inc. Authoring system for combining temporal and nontemporal digital media
JP2001357219A (en) 2000-06-15 2001-12-26 Media Vision:Kk Method and system for generating and selling book by using network
US6725203B1 (en) 2000-10-12 2004-04-20 E-Book Systems Pte Ltd. Method and system for advertisement using internet browser to insert advertisements
US6891551B2 (en) 2000-11-10 2005-05-10 Microsoft Corporation Selection handles in editing electronic documents
US6985913B2 (en) 2000-12-28 2006-01-10 Casio Computer Co. Ltd. Electronic book data delivery apparatus, electronic book device and recording medium
US20020120635A1 (en) 2001-02-27 2002-08-29 Joao Raymond Anthony Apparatus and method for providing an electronic book
US7039643B2 (en) 2001-04-10 2006-05-02 Adobe Systems Incorporated System, method and apparatus for converting and integrating media files
US7020663B2 (en) 2001-05-30 2006-03-28 George M. Hay System and method for the delivery of electronic books
US6976028B2 (en) 2001-06-15 2005-12-13 Sony Corporation Media content creating and publishing system and process
GB2381086A (en) 2001-07-30 2003-04-23 Tentendigital Ltd Learning content management system
US7103848B2 (en) 2001-09-13 2006-09-05 International Business Machines Corporation Handheld electronic book reader with annotation and usage tracking capabilities
JP2003150813A (en) 2001-11-13 2003-05-23 Sony Corp Information processing device and method, information processing system and method, and program
TW565811B (en) 2001-12-31 2003-12-11 Ji-Ching Jou Computer digital teaching method
US20030236836A1 (en) 2002-03-21 2003-12-25 Borthwick Ernest Mark System and method for the design and sharing of rich media productions via a computer network
US20030200145A1 (en) 2002-04-18 2003-10-23 Brad Krassner Internet-based system and method for creating and distributing customized rich media marketing and sales materials via e-mail
US8392834B2 (en) 2003-04-09 2013-03-05 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Systems and methods of authoring a multimedia file
US20060204942A1 (en) 2005-03-10 2006-09-14 Qbinternational E-learning system
US20060259239A1 (en) 2005-04-27 2006-11-16 Guy Nouri System and method for providing multimedia tours

Patent Citations (102)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3860873A (en) * 1971-10-01 1975-01-14 Tape Athon Corp Fm transmission system
US3869873A (en) * 1974-05-20 1975-03-11 Elliott Williams Company Inc Door structure for large freezer
US4071697A (en) * 1976-10-18 1978-01-31 Atari, Inc. Interactive video/telephone transmission system
US4251671A (en) * 1979-10-05 1981-02-17 Miles Laboratories, Inc. Extraction of citric acid
US4429385A (en) * 1981-12-31 1984-01-31 American Newspaper Publishers Association Method and apparatus for digital serial scanning with hierarchical and relational access
US4653100A (en) * 1982-01-29 1987-03-24 International Business Machines Corporation Audio response terminal for use with data processing systems
US4578531A (en) * 1982-06-09 1986-03-25 At&T Bell Laboratories Encryption system key distribution method and apparatus
US4639225A (en) * 1982-06-24 1987-01-27 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Portable audio-visual electronic apparatus
US4567512A (en) * 1982-08-19 1986-01-28 World Video Library, Inc. Recorded program communication system
US4649533A (en) * 1983-10-25 1987-03-10 Keycom Electronic Publishing Method and apparatus for retrieving remotely located information
US4805014A (en) * 1983-11-07 1989-02-14 Sony Corporation Signal transmission system for a CATV system
US4644470A (en) * 1984-07-20 1987-02-17 International Business Machines Corp. Non-unique names for broadcast messages
US4724491A (en) * 1984-08-28 1988-02-09 Adams-Russell Co., Inc. Inserting television advertising spots automatically
US4731840A (en) * 1985-05-06 1988-03-15 The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy Method for encryption and transmission of digital keying data
US4891838A (en) * 1985-11-04 1990-01-02 Dental Data Service, Inc. Computer accessing system
USD314383S (en) * 1986-09-23 1991-02-05 RUF GmbH & Co. KG Elektrotechnische Spezialfabrik Remote-control transmitter
US4796220A (en) * 1986-12-15 1989-01-03 Pride Software Development Corp. Method of controlling the copying of software
US4985697A (en) * 1987-07-06 1991-01-15 Learning Insights, Ltd. Electronic book educational publishing method using buried reference materials and alternate learning levels
US5157783A (en) * 1988-02-26 1992-10-20 Wang Laboratories, Inc. Data base system which maintains project query list, desktop list and status of multiple ongoing research projects
US4899292A (en) * 1988-03-02 1990-02-06 Image Storage/Retrieval Systems, Inc. System for storing and retrieving text and associated graphics
US4982344A (en) * 1988-05-18 1991-01-01 Xerox Corporation Accelerating link creation
US4995078A (en) * 1988-06-09 1991-02-19 Monslow H Vincent Television broadcast system for selective transmission of viewer-chosen programs at viewer-requested times
US5379057A (en) * 1988-11-14 1995-01-03 Microslate, Inc. Portable computer with touch screen and computer system employing same
US5089956A (en) * 1988-11-29 1992-02-18 International Business Machines Corporation Method of distributing related documents to identified end users in an information processing system
US4996597A (en) * 1989-04-20 1991-02-26 Rca Licensing Corporation User programmable switching arrangement
US5078019A (en) * 1989-05-26 1992-01-07 Alps Electric Co., Ltd. Trackball device
US5484292A (en) * 1989-08-21 1996-01-16 Mctaggart; Stephen I. Apparatus for combining audio and visual indicia
US5283639A (en) * 1989-10-23 1994-02-01 Esch Arthur G Multiple media delivery network method and apparatus
US6507342B1 (en) * 1990-01-19 2003-01-14 Sony Corporation Information processing apparatus
US5091782A (en) * 1990-04-09 1992-02-25 General Instrument Corporation Apparatus and method for adaptively compressing successive blocks of digital video
US5486686A (en) * 1990-05-30 1996-01-23 Xerox Corporation Hardcopy lossless data storage and communications for electronic document processing systems
US5859594A (en) * 1990-06-28 1999-01-12 Motorola, Inc. Selective call receiver having selectable displays
US5289288A (en) * 1990-07-20 1994-02-22 Mti Associates Method and apparatus for encoding a video signal having multi-language capabilities
US5388196A (en) * 1990-09-07 1995-02-07 Xerox Corporation Hierarchical shared books with database
US5282028A (en) * 1990-11-27 1994-01-25 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Remote control for digital music terminal with synchronized communications
US5383112A (en) * 1991-01-07 1995-01-17 Gte Service Corporation Inventory management method
US5285272A (en) * 1991-02-26 1994-02-08 Sasktel Video store and forward on demand apparatus and method
US5185667A (en) * 1991-05-13 1993-02-09 Telerobotics International, Inc. Omniview motionless camera orientation system
US5384588A (en) * 1991-05-13 1995-01-24 Telerobotics International, Inc. System for omindirectional image viewing at a remote location without the transmission of control signals to select viewing parameters
US5289271A (en) * 1991-09-09 1994-02-22 Watson John C Cable television-usage system
US5182639A (en) * 1991-10-30 1993-01-26 Suganda Jutamulia Real-time analytic pseudocolor encoder system
US5404505A (en) * 1991-11-01 1995-04-04 Finisar Corporation System for scheduling transmission of indexed and requested database tiers on demand at varying repetition rates
US5485176A (en) * 1991-11-21 1996-01-16 Kabushiki Kaisha Sega Enterprises Information display system for electronically reading a book
US5282206A (en) * 1991-12-03 1994-01-25 Fujitsu Limited Synchronization circuit for establishing frame synchronism using pointers in a digital transmission system
US5390348A (en) * 1992-02-12 1995-02-14 Creative Digital Inc. System for tracking and correcting drift and dispersion in satellite transmission signals
US5495581A (en) * 1992-02-25 1996-02-27 Tsai; Irving Method and apparatus for linking a document with associated reference information using pattern matching
US5483278A (en) * 1992-05-27 1996-01-09 Philips Electronics North America Corporation System and method for finding a movie of interest in a large movie database
US5467102A (en) * 1992-08-31 1995-11-14 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Portable display device with at least two display screens controllable collectively or separately
US5388101A (en) * 1992-10-26 1995-02-07 Eon Corporation Interactive nationwide data service communication system for stationary and mobile battery operated subscriber units
US5715515A (en) * 1992-12-02 1998-02-03 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Method and apparatus for downloading on-screen graphics and captions to a television terminal
US5600573A (en) * 1992-12-09 1997-02-04 Discovery Communications, Inc. Operations center with video storage for a television program packaging and delivery system
US5392387A (en) * 1992-12-17 1995-02-21 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for enhanced data access efficiency in an electronic book
US5481255A (en) * 1993-02-10 1996-01-02 Data Critical Corp. Paging transmission system
US5598351A (en) * 1993-02-26 1997-01-28 John C. Chater Communication system
US5485221A (en) * 1993-06-07 1996-01-16 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Subscription television system and terminal for enabling simultaneous display of multiple services
US6173335B1 (en) * 1993-07-30 2001-01-09 Apple Computer, Inc. Structure and protocol for routing information in a system
US5481296A (en) * 1993-08-06 1996-01-02 International Business Machines Corporation Apparatus and method for selectively viewing video information
US6014184A (en) * 1993-09-09 2000-01-11 News America Publications, Inc. Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with data feed access
US5596697A (en) * 1993-09-30 1997-01-21 Apple Computer, Inc. Method for routing items within a computer system
US5598209A (en) * 1993-10-20 1997-01-28 Videoconferencing Systems, Inc. Method for automatically adjusting a video conferencing system camera
US5481294A (en) * 1993-10-27 1996-01-02 A. C. Nielsen Company Audience measurement system utilizing ancillary codes and passive signatures
US5598279A (en) * 1993-11-02 1997-01-28 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Document circulating apparatus with automatic deletion of data
US5481542A (en) * 1993-11-10 1996-01-02 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Interactive information services control system
US5708960A (en) * 1994-02-17 1998-01-13 Hitachi, Ltd. Subscription newspaper dispatching system
US5598523A (en) * 1994-03-31 1997-01-28 Panasonic Technologies, Inc. Method and system for displayed menu activation using a matching distinctive arrangement of keypad actuators
US5602596A (en) * 1994-04-08 1997-02-11 U S West Technologies, Inc. Method for navigating a complex multimedia structure at an interactive user station
US5598470A (en) * 1994-04-25 1997-01-28 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for enabling trial period use of software products: Method and apparatus for utilizing a decryption block
US7181692B2 (en) * 1994-07-22 2007-02-20 Siegel Steven H Method for the auditory navigation of text
US5719938A (en) * 1994-08-01 1998-02-17 Lucent Technologies Inc. Methods for providing secure access to shared information
US5604824A (en) * 1994-09-22 1997-02-18 Houston Advanced Research Center Method and apparatus for compression and decompression of documents and the like using splines and spline-wavelets
US5600368A (en) * 1994-11-09 1997-02-04 Microsoft Corporation Interactive television system and method for viewer control of multiple camera viewpoints in broadcast programming
US5721832A (en) * 1995-05-12 1998-02-24 Regal Greetings & Gifts Inc. Method and apparatus for an interactive computerized catalog system
US5721956A (en) * 1995-05-15 1998-02-24 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method and apparatus for selective buffering of pages to provide continuous media data to multiple users
US5721908A (en) * 1995-06-07 1998-02-24 International Business Machines Corporation Computer network for WWW server data access over internet
US5710887A (en) * 1995-08-29 1998-01-20 Broadvision Computer system and method for electronic commerce
US5870717A (en) * 1995-11-13 1999-02-09 International Business Machines Corporation System for ordering items over computer network using an electronic catalog
US6675384B1 (en) * 1995-12-21 2004-01-06 Robert S. Block Method and apparatus for information labeling and control
US5862325A (en) * 1996-02-29 1999-01-19 Intermind Corporation Computer-based communication system and method using metadata defining a control structure
US6025837A (en) * 1996-03-29 2000-02-15 Micrsoft Corporation Electronic program guide with hyperlinks to target resources
US5862329A (en) * 1996-04-18 1999-01-19 International Business Machines Corporation Method system and article of manufacture for multi-casting audio visual material
US6016484A (en) * 1996-04-26 2000-01-18 Verifone, Inc. System, method and article of manufacture for network electronic payment instrument and certification of payment and credit collection utilizing a payment
US6012890A (en) * 1996-10-04 2000-01-11 Instabook Corporation Electronic bookstore vending machine
US5870767A (en) * 1996-11-22 1999-02-09 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for rendering hyper-link information in a printable medium from a graphical user interface
US6029141A (en) * 1997-06-27 2000-02-22 Amazon.Com, Inc. Internet-based customer referral system
US6847403B1 (en) * 1997-11-05 2005-01-25 Polycom, Inc. Integrated portable videoconferencing unit
US6029176A (en) * 1997-11-25 2000-02-22 Cannon Holdings, L.L.C. Manipulating and analyzing data using a computer system having a database mining engine resides in memory
US6029045A (en) * 1997-12-09 2000-02-22 Cogent Technology, Inc. System and method for inserting local content into programming content
US6335678B1 (en) * 1998-02-26 2002-01-01 Monec Holding Ag Electronic device, preferably an electronic book
US6339842B1 (en) * 1998-06-10 2002-01-15 Dennis Sunga Fernandez Digital television with subscriber conference overlay
US6177936B1 (en) * 1998-08-20 2001-01-23 International Business Machines Corporation Browser hierarchical contextual information for web pages
US6195667B1 (en) * 1998-10-16 2001-02-27 Softbook Press, Inc. On-line menu updating for an electronic book
US6351750B1 (en) * 1998-10-16 2002-02-26 Softbook Press, Inc. Dynamic conversion of byte ordering for use on different processor platforms
US6683631B2 (en) * 1998-12-31 2004-01-27 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for selecting and deselecting information in an electronic document
US6025871A (en) * 1998-12-31 2000-02-15 Intel Corporation User interface for a video conferencing system
US6510531B1 (en) * 1999-09-23 2003-01-21 Lucent Technologies Inc. Methods and systems for testing parallel queues
US7185274B1 (en) * 1999-12-07 2007-02-27 Microsoft Corporation Computer user interface architecture wherein users interact with both content and user interface by activating links
US6344853B1 (en) * 2000-01-06 2002-02-05 Alcone Marketing Group Method and apparatus for selecting, modifying and superimposing one image on another
US20030014754A1 (en) * 2000-02-04 2003-01-16 Chang Vernon S. Advertisement response system
US20040039934A1 (en) * 2000-12-19 2004-02-26 Land Michael Z. System and method for multimedia authoring and playback
US20030018543A1 (en) * 2001-06-25 2003-01-23 Alger Jeffrey H. Client portal
US7181468B2 (en) * 2003-04-28 2007-02-20 Sony Corporation Content management for rich media publishing system
US20070016657A1 (en) * 2005-07-14 2007-01-18 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Multimedia data processing devices, multimedia data processing methods and multimedia data processing programs

Cited By (333)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9646614B2 (en) 2000-03-16 2017-05-09 Apple Inc. Fast, language-independent method for user authentication by voice
US20130219320A1 (en) * 2000-07-14 2013-08-22 Chern Hway Seet Novel book-like internet browser for electronic information
US10853560B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2020-12-01 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Providing annotations of a digital work
US9275052B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2016-03-01 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Providing annotations of a digital work
US10318871B2 (en) 2005-09-08 2019-06-11 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for building an intelligent automated assistant
US8725565B1 (en) 2006-09-29 2014-05-13 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Expedited acquisition of a digital item following a sample presentation of the item
US9672533B1 (en) 2006-09-29 2017-06-06 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Acquisition of an item based on a catalog presentation of items
US9292873B1 (en) 2006-09-29 2016-03-22 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Expedited acquisition of a digital item following a sample presentation of the item
US9116657B1 (en) 2006-12-29 2015-08-25 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Invariant referencing in digital works
US8954444B1 (en) 2007-03-29 2015-02-10 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Search and indexing on a user device
US9665529B1 (en) 2007-03-29 2017-05-30 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Relative progress and event indicators
US8793575B1 (en) 2007-03-29 2014-07-29 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Progress indication for a digital work
US10568032B2 (en) 2007-04-03 2020-02-18 Apple Inc. Method and system for operating a multi-function portable electronic device using voice-activation
US8656040B1 (en) 2007-05-21 2014-02-18 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Providing user-supplied items to a user device
US9568984B1 (en) 2007-05-21 2017-02-14 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Administrative tasks in a media consumption system
US9479591B1 (en) 2007-05-21 2016-10-25 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Providing user-supplied items to a user device
US8990215B1 (en) 2007-05-21 2015-03-24 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Obtaining and verifying search indices
US9888005B1 (en) 2007-05-21 2018-02-06 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Delivery of items for consumption by a user device
US9178744B1 (en) 2007-05-21 2015-11-03 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Delivery of items for consumption by a user device
US8700005B1 (en) 2007-05-21 2014-04-15 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Notification of a user device to perform an action
US8965807B1 (en) 2007-05-21 2015-02-24 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Selecting and providing items in a media consumption system
US20080293450A1 (en) * 2007-05-21 2008-11-27 Ryan Thomas A Consumption of Items via a User Device
US11023513B2 (en) 2007-12-20 2021-06-01 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for searching using an active ontology
US10381016B2 (en) 2008-01-03 2019-08-13 Apple Inc. Methods and apparatus for altering audio output signals
US9330720B2 (en) 2008-01-03 2016-05-03 Apple Inc. Methods and apparatus for altering audio output signals
US9865248B2 (en) 2008-04-05 2018-01-09 Apple Inc. Intelligent text-to-speech conversion
US9626955B2 (en) 2008-04-05 2017-04-18 Apple Inc. Intelligent text-to-speech conversion
US8275720B2 (en) 2008-06-12 2012-09-25 International Business Machines Corporation External scoping sources to determine affected people, systems, and classes of information in legal matters
US9830563B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2017-11-28 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for managing legal obligations for data
US8515924B2 (en) 2008-06-30 2013-08-20 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for handling edge-cases of event-driven disposition
US8489439B2 (en) 2008-06-30 2013-07-16 International Business Machines Corporation Forecasting discovery costs based on complex and incomplete facts
US8484069B2 (en) 2008-06-30 2013-07-09 International Business Machines Corporation Forecasting discovery costs based on complex and incomplete facts
US20090328070A1 (en) * 2008-06-30 2009-12-31 Deidre Paknad Event Driven Disposition
US8327384B2 (en) 2008-06-30 2012-12-04 International Business Machines Corporation Event driven disposition
US9535906B2 (en) 2008-07-31 2017-01-03 Apple Inc. Mobile device having human language translation capability with positional feedback
US10108612B2 (en) 2008-07-31 2018-10-23 Apple Inc. Mobile device having human language translation capability with positional feedback
US11348582B2 (en) 2008-10-02 2022-05-31 Apple Inc. Electronic devices with voice command and contextual data processing capabilities
US10643611B2 (en) 2008-10-02 2020-05-05 Apple Inc. Electronic devices with voice command and contextual data processing capabilities
US9087032B1 (en) 2009-01-26 2015-07-21 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Aggregation of highlights
US8832584B1 (en) 2009-03-31 2014-09-09 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Questions on highlighted passages
US10795541B2 (en) 2009-06-05 2020-10-06 Apple Inc. Intelligent organization of tasks items
US9858925B2 (en) 2009-06-05 2018-01-02 Apple Inc. Using context information to facilitate processing of commands in a virtual assistant
US11080012B2 (en) 2009-06-05 2021-08-03 Apple Inc. Interface for a virtual digital assistant
US10475446B2 (en) 2009-06-05 2019-11-12 Apple Inc. Using context information to facilitate processing of commands in a virtual assistant
US9542926B2 (en) 2009-06-12 2017-01-10 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Synchronizing the playing and displaying of digital content
US8676585B1 (en) 2009-06-12 2014-03-18 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Synchronizing the playing and displaying of digital content
US8290777B1 (en) * 2009-06-12 2012-10-16 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Synchronizing the playing and displaying of digital content
US10283110B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2019-05-07 Apple Inc. Methods and apparatuses for automatic speech recognition
US9564089B2 (en) 2009-09-28 2017-02-07 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Last screen rendering for electronic book reader
US8510656B2 (en) 2009-10-29 2013-08-13 Margery Kravitz Schwarz Interactive storybook system and method
US20110107217A1 (en) * 2009-10-29 2011-05-05 Margery Kravitz Schwarz Interactive Storybook System and Method
US8656283B2 (en) 2009-10-29 2014-02-18 Margery Kravitz Schwarz Interactive storybook system and method
US8655856B2 (en) 2009-12-22 2014-02-18 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for policy distribution
US8250041B2 (en) 2009-12-22 2012-08-21 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for propagation of file plans from enterprise retention management applications to records management systems
US9442654B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2016-09-13 Apple Inc. Apparatus and method for conditionally enabling or disabling soft buttons
US20110167350A1 (en) * 2010-01-06 2011-07-07 Apple Inc. Assist Features For Content Display Device
US20110167375A1 (en) * 2010-01-06 2011-07-07 Kocienda Kenneth L Apparatus and Method for Conditionally Enabling or Disabling Soft Buttons
US8621380B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2013-12-31 Apple Inc. Apparatus and method for conditionally enabling or disabling soft buttons
US10679605B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2020-06-09 Apple Inc. Hands-free list-reading by intelligent automated assistant
US9548050B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2017-01-17 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant
US10496753B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2019-12-03 Apple Inc. Automatically adapting user interfaces for hands-free interaction
US9318108B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2016-04-19 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant
US11423886B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2022-08-23 Apple Inc. Task flow identification based on user intent
US10276170B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2019-04-30 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant
US10553209B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2020-02-04 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for hands-free notification summaries
US10706841B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2020-07-07 Apple Inc. Task flow identification based on user intent
US10705794B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2020-07-07 Apple Inc. Automatically adapting user interfaces for hands-free interaction
US10741185B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2020-08-11 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant
US20110202825A1 (en) * 2010-02-12 2011-08-18 Flashnotes, Llc System and Method of Annotating Non-modifiable Documents and Managing Annotations
US10692504B2 (en) 2010-02-25 2020-06-23 Apple Inc. User profiling for voice input processing
US10049675B2 (en) 2010-02-25 2018-08-14 Apple Inc. User profiling for voice input processing
US9633660B2 (en) 2010-02-25 2017-04-25 Apple Inc. User profiling for voice input processing
US8826495B2 (en) 2010-06-01 2014-09-09 Intel Corporation Hinged dual panel electronic device
US9141134B2 (en) 2010-06-01 2015-09-22 Intel Corporation Utilization of temporal and spatial parameters to enhance the writing capability of an electronic device
US9037991B2 (en) 2010-06-01 2015-05-19 Intel Corporation Apparatus and method for digital content navigation
CN102483691A (en) * 2010-06-24 2012-05-30 松下电器产业株式会社 Electronic publication browsing device, electronic publication browsing method, program, and integrated circuit
US20120147042A1 (en) * 2010-06-24 2012-06-14 Yuki Shinomoto Electronic publication viewer, method for viewing electronic publication, program, and integrated circuit
US8832148B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2014-09-09 International Business Machines Corporation Enterprise evidence repository
US8566903B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2013-10-22 International Business Machines Corporation Enterprise evidence repository providing access control to collected artifacts
US8402359B1 (en) * 2010-06-30 2013-03-19 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for managing recent activity navigation in web applications
US8613061B2 (en) 2010-09-01 2013-12-17 Blackberry Limited Methods and apparatus to implement electronic book viewers
US9495322B1 (en) 2010-09-21 2016-11-15 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Cover display
US20120102395A1 (en) * 2010-10-25 2012-04-26 Standard Nine Inc. Dba Inkling Methods for sequencing electronic media content
US9098407B2 (en) * 2010-10-25 2015-08-04 Inkling Systems, Inc. Methods for automatically retrieving electronic media content items from a server based upon a reading list and facilitating presentation of media objects of the electronic media content items in sequences not constrained by an original order thereof
US8593422B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2013-11-26 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US8547354B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2013-10-01 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US8587547B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2013-11-19 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US8648823B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2014-02-11 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US8754860B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2014-06-17 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US8659562B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2014-02-25 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US9146673B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2015-09-29 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US9141285B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2015-09-22 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US8587540B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2013-11-19 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US9128614B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2015-09-08 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US20120290964A1 (en) * 2010-11-09 2012-11-15 Chia-Ying Lee Method for creating bookmark and electronic reading device using the same
US20130232407A1 (en) * 2010-11-25 2013-09-05 Sony Corporation Systems and methods for producing, reproducing, and maintaining electronic books
EP2643776A4 (en) * 2010-11-25 2016-06-08 Sony Corp Systems and methods for producing, reproducing, and maintaining electronic books
CN103262078A (en) * 2010-11-25 2013-08-21 索尼公司 Systems and methods for producing, reproducing, and maintaining electronic books
US9846688B1 (en) * 2010-12-28 2017-12-19 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Book version mapping
US8798366B1 (en) 2010-12-28 2014-08-05 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Electronic book pagination
US9069767B1 (en) 2010-12-28 2015-06-30 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Aligning content items to identify differences
US9892094B2 (en) 2010-12-28 2018-02-13 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Electronic book pagination
US10592598B1 (en) 2010-12-28 2020-03-17 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Book version mapping
US9442516B2 (en) * 2011-01-24 2016-09-13 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating through an electronic document
US9436381B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2016-09-06 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating and annotating an electronic document
US10042549B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2018-08-07 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface with a dynamic gesture disambiguation threshold
US10365819B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2019-07-30 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying a character input user interface
US9671825B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2017-06-06 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating through an electronic document
US9092132B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2015-07-28 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface with a dynamic gesture disambiguation threshold
US8782513B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2014-07-15 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating through an electronic document
US9250798B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2016-02-02 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface with a dynamic gesture disambiguation threshold
US9552015B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2017-01-24 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating through an electronic document
US8842082B2 (en) 2011-01-24 2014-09-23 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating and annotating an electronic document
US9881009B1 (en) 2011-03-15 2018-01-30 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Identifying book title sets
US9262612B2 (en) 2011-03-21 2016-02-16 Apple Inc. Device access using voice authentication
US10102359B2 (en) 2011-03-21 2018-10-16 Apple Inc. Device access using voice authentication
US10417405B2 (en) 2011-03-21 2019-09-17 Apple Inc. Device access using voice authentication
US8878879B2 (en) * 2011-05-18 2014-11-04 Korea Institute Of Science & Technology Apparatus, method and computer readable recording medium for displaying content
US20120293553A1 (en) * 2011-05-18 2012-11-22 Korea Institute Of Science And Technology Apparatus, method and computer readable recording medium for displaying content
US11120372B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2021-09-14 Apple Inc. Performing actions associated with task items that represent tasks to perform
US10706373B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2020-07-07 Apple Inc. Performing actions associated with task items that represent tasks to perform
US10241644B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2019-03-26 Apple Inc. Actionable reminder entries
US10057736B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2018-08-21 Apple Inc. Active transport based notifications
US11350253B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2022-05-31 Apple Inc. Active transport based notifications
US9798393B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2017-10-24 Apple Inc. Text correction processing
US8890873B2 (en) 2011-09-29 2014-11-18 Pleiades Publishing Limited Interactive electronic book
WO2013048554A1 (en) * 2011-09-29 2013-04-04 Pleiades Publishing Ltd. Interactive electronic book
US10241752B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2019-03-26 Apple Inc. Interface for a virtual digital assistant
US9158741B1 (en) 2011-10-28 2015-10-13 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Indicators for navigating digital works
US20130129310A1 (en) * 2011-11-22 2013-05-23 Pleiades Publishing Limited Inc. Electronic book
WO2013077899A1 (en) * 2011-11-22 2013-05-30 Pleiades Publishing Ltd. Electronic book
US9741061B2 (en) * 2012-03-01 2017-08-22 Sarah Nash Brechner System and method for personal customization of digital content
US20130232221A1 (en) * 2012-03-01 2013-09-05 Sarah Nash Brechner System and Method for Personal Customization of Digital Content
US11069336B2 (en) 2012-03-02 2021-07-20 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for name pronunciation
US9483461B2 (en) 2012-03-06 2016-11-01 Apple Inc. Handling speech synthesis of content for multiple languages
US9953088B2 (en) 2012-05-14 2018-04-24 Apple Inc. Crowd sourcing information to fulfill user requests
US11269678B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2022-03-08 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for integrating third party services with a digital assistant
US10079014B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2018-09-18 Apple Inc. Name recognition system
US8904304B2 (en) 2012-06-25 2014-12-02 Barnesandnoble.Com Llc Creation and exposure of embedded secondary content data relevant to a primary content page of an electronic book
US10042519B2 (en) 2012-06-25 2018-08-07 Nook Digital, Llc Creation and exposure of embedded secondary content data relevant to a primary content page of an electronic book
US9495129B2 (en) 2012-06-29 2016-11-15 Apple Inc. Device, method, and user interface for voice-activated navigation and browsing of a document
US9971774B2 (en) 2012-09-19 2018-05-15 Apple Inc. Voice-based media searching
US9690762B1 (en) * 2013-01-14 2017-06-27 Google Inc. Manipulating image content items through determination and application of multiple transparency values to visually merge with other content as part of a web page
US10978090B2 (en) 2013-02-07 2021-04-13 Apple Inc. Voice trigger for a digital assistant
US10714117B2 (en) 2013-02-07 2020-07-14 Apple Inc. Voice trigger for a digital assistant
US9582608B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2017-02-28 Apple Inc. Unified ranking with entropy-weighted information for phrase-based semantic auto-completion
US9620104B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2017-04-11 Apple Inc. System and method for user-specified pronunciation of words for speech synthesis and recognition
US9633674B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2017-04-25 Apple Inc. System and method for detecting errors in interactions with a voice-based digital assistant
US9966060B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2018-05-08 Apple Inc. System and method for user-specified pronunciation of words for speech synthesis and recognition
US10657961B2 (en) 2013-06-08 2020-05-19 Apple Inc. Interpreting and acting upon commands that involve sharing information with remote devices
US9966068B2 (en) 2013-06-08 2018-05-08 Apple Inc. Interpreting and acting upon commands that involve sharing information with remote devices
US10769385B2 (en) 2013-06-09 2020-09-08 Apple Inc. System and method for inferring user intent from speech inputs
US10185542B2 (en) 2013-06-09 2019-01-22 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for enabling conversation persistence across two or more instances of a digital assistant
US10176167B2 (en) 2013-06-09 2019-01-08 Apple Inc. System and method for inferring user intent from speech inputs
US11048473B2 (en) 2013-06-09 2021-06-29 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for enabling conversation persistence across two or more instances of a digital assistant
US10921976B2 (en) 2013-09-03 2021-02-16 Apple Inc. User interface for manipulating user interface objects
US11314370B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2022-04-26 Apple Inc. Method for extracting salient dialog usage from live data
US10169329B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2019-01-01 Apple Inc. Exemplar-based natural language processing
US10657966B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2020-05-19 Apple Inc. Better resolution when referencing to concepts
US11257504B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2022-02-22 Apple Inc. Intelligent assistant for home automation
US10699717B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2020-06-30 Apple Inc. Intelligent assistant for home automation
US10417344B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2019-09-17 Apple Inc. Exemplar-based natural language processing
US10497365B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2019-12-03 Apple Inc. Multi-command single utterance input method
US11133008B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2021-09-28 Apple Inc. Reducing the need for manual start/end-pointing and trigger phrases
US9842101B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2017-12-12 Apple Inc. Predictive conversion of language input
US10078631B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2018-09-18 Apple Inc. Entropy-guided text prediction using combined word and character n-gram language models
US9785630B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2017-10-10 Apple Inc. Text prediction using combined word N-gram and unigram language models
US11907013B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2024-02-20 Apple Inc. Continuity of applications across devices
US9760559B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2017-09-12 Apple Inc. Predictive text input
US10714095B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2020-07-14 Apple Inc. Intelligent assistant for home automation
US10083690B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2018-09-25 Apple Inc. Better resolution when referencing to concepts
US10878809B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2020-12-29 Apple Inc. Multi-command single utterance input method
US9715875B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2017-07-25 Apple Inc. Reducing the need for manual start/end-pointing and trigger phrases
US9966065B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2018-05-08 Apple Inc. Multi-command single utterance input method
US9668024B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2017-05-30 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for TV user interactions
US10659851B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2020-05-19 Apple Inc. Real-time digital assistant knowledge updates
US9338493B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2016-05-10 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for TV user interactions
US10904611B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2021-01-26 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for TV user interactions
US10446141B2 (en) 2014-08-28 2019-10-15 Apple Inc. Automatic speech recognition based on user feedback
US11402968B2 (en) 2014-09-02 2022-08-02 Apple Inc. Reduced size user in interface
US11747956B2 (en) 2014-09-02 2023-09-05 Apple Inc. Multi-dimensional object rearrangement
US11157135B2 (en) 2014-09-02 2021-10-26 Apple Inc. Multi-dimensional object rearrangement
US9818400B2 (en) 2014-09-11 2017-11-14 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for discovering trending terms in speech requests
US10431204B2 (en) 2014-09-11 2019-10-01 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for discovering trending terms in speech requests
US10789041B2 (en) 2014-09-12 2020-09-29 Apple Inc. Dynamic thresholds for always listening speech trigger
US10074360B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-09-11 Apple Inc. Providing an indication of the suitability of speech recognition
US10438595B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2019-10-08 Apple Inc. Speaker identification and unsupervised speaker adaptation techniques
US9646609B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2017-05-09 Apple Inc. Caching apparatus for serving phonetic pronunciations
US10453443B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2019-10-22 Apple Inc. Providing an indication of the suitability of speech recognition
US9668121B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2017-05-30 Apple Inc. Social reminders
US10127911B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-11-13 Apple Inc. Speaker identification and unsupervised speaker adaptation techniques
US10390213B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2019-08-20 Apple Inc. Social reminders
US9886432B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-02-06 Apple Inc. Parsimonious handling of word inflection via categorical stem + suffix N-gram language models
US9986419B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-05-29 Apple Inc. Social reminders
US10552013B2 (en) 2014-12-02 2020-02-04 Apple Inc. Data detection
US11556230B2 (en) 2014-12-02 2023-01-17 Apple Inc. Data detection
US11231904B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2022-01-25 Apple Inc. Reducing response latency of intelligent automated assistants
US9865280B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2018-01-09 Apple Inc. Structured dictation using intelligent automated assistants
US10567477B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2020-02-18 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant continuity
US9886953B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-02-06 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant activation
US10529332B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2020-01-07 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant activation
US10930282B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2021-02-23 Apple Inc. Competing devices responding to voice triggers
US9721566B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2017-08-01 Apple Inc. Competing devices responding to voice triggers
US11087759B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2021-08-10 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant activation
US10311871B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2019-06-04 Apple Inc. Competing devices responding to voice triggers
US10217257B1 (en) * 2015-03-17 2019-02-26 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Process for contextualizing continuous images
US9899019B2 (en) 2015-03-18 2018-02-20 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for structured stem and suffix language models
US9842105B2 (en) 2015-04-16 2017-12-12 Apple Inc. Parsimonious continuous-space phrase representations for natural language processing
US11468282B2 (en) 2015-05-15 2022-10-11 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant in a communication session
US11127397B2 (en) 2015-05-27 2021-09-21 Apple Inc. Device voice control
US10083688B2 (en) 2015-05-27 2018-09-25 Apple Inc. Device voice control for selecting a displayed affordance
US10127220B2 (en) 2015-06-04 2018-11-13 Apple Inc. Language identification from short strings
US10101822B2 (en) 2015-06-05 2018-10-16 Apple Inc. Language input correction
US10356243B2 (en) 2015-06-05 2019-07-16 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant aided communication with 3rd party service in a communication session
US10681212B2 (en) 2015-06-05 2020-06-09 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant aided communication with 3rd party service in a communication session
US10255907B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-04-09 Apple Inc. Automatic accent detection using acoustic models
US10186254B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-01-22 Apple Inc. Context-based endpoint detection
US11025565B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2021-06-01 Apple Inc. Personalized prediction of responses for instant messaging
US11010127B2 (en) 2015-06-29 2021-05-18 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant for media playback
US10747498B2 (en) 2015-09-08 2020-08-18 Apple Inc. Zero latency digital assistant
US10671428B2 (en) 2015-09-08 2020-06-02 Apple Inc. Distributed personal assistant
US11500672B2 (en) 2015-09-08 2022-11-15 Apple Inc. Distributed personal assistant
US9697820B2 (en) 2015-09-24 2017-07-04 Apple Inc. Unit-selection text-to-speech synthesis using concatenation-sensitive neural networks
US10366158B2 (en) 2015-09-29 2019-07-30 Apple Inc. Efficient word encoding for recurrent neural network language models
US11010550B2 (en) 2015-09-29 2021-05-18 Apple Inc. Unified language modeling framework for word prediction, auto-completion and auto-correction
US11587559B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2023-02-21 Apple Inc. Intelligent device identification
US11526368B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2022-12-13 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant in a messaging environment
US10691473B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2020-06-23 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant in a messaging environment
US10049668B2 (en) 2015-12-02 2018-08-14 Apple Inc. Applying neural network language models to weighted finite state transducers for automatic speech recognition
US10354652B2 (en) 2015-12-02 2019-07-16 Apple Inc. Applying neural network language models to weighted finite state transducers for automatic speech recognition
US10223066B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2019-03-05 Apple Inc. Proactive assistance based on dialog communication between devices
US10942703B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2021-03-09 Apple Inc. Proactive assistance based on dialog communication between devices
US10446143B2 (en) 2016-03-14 2019-10-15 Apple Inc. Identification of voice inputs providing credentials
US9934775B2 (en) 2016-05-26 2018-04-03 Apple Inc. Unit-selection text-to-speech synthesis based on predicted concatenation parameters
US9972304B2 (en) 2016-06-03 2018-05-15 Apple Inc. Privacy preserving distributed evaluation framework for embedded personalized systems
US11227589B2 (en) 2016-06-06 2022-01-18 Apple Inc. Intelligent list reading
US10249300B2 (en) 2016-06-06 2019-04-02 Apple Inc. Intelligent list reading
US11069347B2 (en) 2016-06-08 2021-07-20 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for media exploration
US10049663B2 (en) 2016-06-08 2018-08-14 Apple, Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for media exploration
US10354011B2 (en) 2016-06-09 2019-07-16 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant in a home environment
US10192552B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2019-01-29 Apple Inc. Digital assistant providing whispered speech
US10490187B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2019-11-26 Apple Inc. Digital assistant providing automated status report
US10067938B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2018-09-04 Apple Inc. Multilingual word prediction
US10637986B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2020-04-28 Apple Inc. Displaying and updating a set of application views
US11037565B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2021-06-15 Apple Inc. Intelligent digital assistant in a multi-tasking environment
US11323559B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2022-05-03 Apple Inc. Displaying and updating a set of application views
US10733993B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2020-08-04 Apple Inc. Intelligent digital assistant in a multi-tasking environment
US10509862B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2019-12-17 Apple Inc. Dynamic phrase expansion of language input
US10942702B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2021-03-09 Apple Inc. Intelligent device arbitration and control
US11073799B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2021-07-27 Apple Inc. Configuring context-specific user interfaces
US10297253B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2019-05-21 Apple Inc. Application integration with a digital assistant
US10269345B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2019-04-23 Apple Inc. Intelligent task discovery
US10089072B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2018-10-02 Apple Inc. Intelligent device arbitration and control
US10580409B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2020-03-03 Apple Inc. Application integration with a digital assistant
US11152002B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2021-10-19 Apple Inc. Application integration with a digital assistant
US10521466B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2019-12-31 Apple Inc. Data driven natural language event detection and classification
US11733656B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2023-08-22 Apple Inc. Configuring context-specific user interfaces
US10739974B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2020-08-11 Apple Inc. Configuring context-specific user interfaces
US10474753B2 (en) 2016-09-07 2019-11-12 Apple Inc. Language identification using recurrent neural networks
US10553215B2 (en) 2016-09-23 2020-02-04 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant
US10043516B2 (en) 2016-09-23 2018-08-07 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant
US11281993B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2022-03-22 Apple Inc. Model and ensemble compression for metric learning
US10593346B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-03-17 Apple Inc. Rank-reduced token representation for automatic speech recognition
US11656884B2 (en) 2017-01-09 2023-05-23 Apple Inc. Application integration with a digital assistant
US11204787B2 (en) 2017-01-09 2021-12-21 Apple Inc. Application integration with a digital assistant
US10332518B2 (en) 2017-05-09 2019-06-25 Apple Inc. User interface for correcting recognition errors
US10741181B2 (en) 2017-05-09 2020-08-11 Apple Inc. User interface for correcting recognition errors
US10417266B2 (en) 2017-05-09 2019-09-17 Apple Inc. Context-aware ranking of intelligent response suggestions
US10755703B2 (en) 2017-05-11 2020-08-25 Apple Inc. Offline personal assistant
US10726832B2 (en) 2017-05-11 2020-07-28 Apple Inc. Maintaining privacy of personal information
US10847142B2 (en) 2017-05-11 2020-11-24 Apple Inc. Maintaining privacy of personal information
US10395654B2 (en) 2017-05-11 2019-08-27 Apple Inc. Text normalization based on a data-driven learning network
US10410637B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2019-09-10 Apple Inc. User-specific acoustic models
US10791176B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2020-09-29 Apple Inc. Synchronization and task delegation of a digital assistant
US11405466B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2022-08-02 Apple Inc. Synchronization and task delegation of a digital assistant
US11301477B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2022-04-12 Apple Inc. Feedback analysis of a digital assistant
US10789945B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2020-09-29 Apple Inc. Low-latency intelligent automated assistant
US10482874B2 (en) 2017-05-15 2019-11-19 Apple Inc. Hierarchical belief states for digital assistants
US10810274B2 (en) 2017-05-15 2020-10-20 Apple Inc. Optimizing dialogue policy decisions for digital assistants using implicit feedback
US10303715B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2019-05-28 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for media exploration
US10311144B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2019-06-04 Apple Inc. Emoji word sense disambiguation
US10403278B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2019-09-03 Apple Inc. Methods and systems for phonetic matching in digital assistant services
US10748546B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2020-08-18 Apple Inc. Digital assistant services based on device capabilities
US10909171B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2021-02-02 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for media exploration
US11217255B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2022-01-04 Apple Inc. Far-field extension for digital assistant services
US10657328B2 (en) 2017-06-02 2020-05-19 Apple Inc. Multi-task recurrent neural network architecture for efficient morphology handling in neural language modeling
US10445429B2 (en) 2017-09-21 2019-10-15 Apple Inc. Natural language understanding using vocabularies with compressed serialized tries
US10755051B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2020-08-25 Apple Inc. Rule-based natural language processing
US10636424B2 (en) 2017-11-30 2020-04-28 Apple Inc. Multi-turn canned dialog
US10733982B2 (en) 2018-01-08 2020-08-04 Apple Inc. Multi-directional dialog
US10733375B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2020-08-04 Apple Inc. Knowledge-based framework for improving natural language understanding
US10789959B2 (en) 2018-03-02 2020-09-29 Apple Inc. Training speaker recognition models for digital assistants
US10592604B2 (en) 2018-03-12 2020-03-17 Apple Inc. Inverse text normalization for automatic speech recognition
US10818288B2 (en) 2018-03-26 2020-10-27 Apple Inc. Natural assistant interaction
US10909331B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2021-02-02 Apple Inc. Implicit identification of translation payload with neural machine translation
US10928918B2 (en) 2018-05-07 2021-02-23 Apple Inc. Raise to speak
US11145294B2 (en) 2018-05-07 2021-10-12 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for delivering content from user experiences
US10984780B2 (en) 2018-05-21 2021-04-20 Apple Inc. Global semantic word embeddings using bi-directional recurrent neural networks
US11495218B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2022-11-08 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant operation in multi-device environments
US11386266B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2022-07-12 Apple Inc. Text correction
US11009970B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2021-05-18 Apple Inc. Attention aware virtual assistant dismissal
US10403283B1 (en) 2018-06-01 2019-09-03 Apple Inc. Voice interaction at a primary device to access call functionality of a companion device
US10984798B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2021-04-20 Apple Inc. Voice interaction at a primary device to access call functionality of a companion device
US10892996B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2021-01-12 Apple Inc. Variable latency device coordination
US10684703B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2020-06-16 Apple Inc. Attention aware virtual assistant dismissal
US10720160B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2020-07-21 Apple Inc. Voice interaction at a primary device to access call functionality of a companion device
US10496705B1 (en) 2018-06-03 2019-12-03 Apple Inc. Accelerated task performance
US10504518B1 (en) 2018-06-03 2019-12-10 Apple Inc. Accelerated task performance
US10944859B2 (en) 2018-06-03 2021-03-09 Apple Inc. Accelerated task performance
US11010561B2 (en) 2018-09-27 2021-05-18 Apple Inc. Sentiment prediction from textual data
US10839159B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2020-11-17 Apple Inc. Named entity normalization in a spoken dialog system
US11462215B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2022-10-04 Apple Inc. Multi-modal inputs for voice commands
US11170166B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2021-11-09 Apple Inc. Neural typographical error modeling via generative adversarial networks
US11475898B2 (en) 2018-10-26 2022-10-18 Apple Inc. Low-latency multi-speaker speech recognition
US11638059B2 (en) 2019-01-04 2023-04-25 Apple Inc. Content playback on multiple devices
US11348573B2 (en) 2019-03-18 2022-05-31 Apple Inc. Multimodality in digital assistant systems
US11928604B2 (en) 2019-04-09 2024-03-12 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for building an intelligent automated assistant
US11423908B2 (en) 2019-05-06 2022-08-23 Apple Inc. Interpreting spoken requests
US11217251B2 (en) 2019-05-06 2022-01-04 Apple Inc. Spoken notifications
US11307752B2 (en) 2019-05-06 2022-04-19 Apple Inc. User configurable task triggers
US11475884B2 (en) 2019-05-06 2022-10-18 Apple Inc. Reducing digital assistant latency when a language is incorrectly determined
US11140099B2 (en) 2019-05-21 2021-10-05 Apple Inc. Providing message response suggestions
US11289073B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2022-03-29 Apple Inc. Device text to speech
US11496600B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2022-11-08 Apple Inc. Remote execution of machine-learned models
US11360739B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2022-06-14 Apple Inc. User activity shortcut suggestions
US11237797B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2022-02-01 Apple Inc. User activity shortcut suggestions
US11360641B2 (en) 2019-06-01 2022-06-14 Apple Inc. Increasing the relevance of new available information
US11488406B2 (en) 2019-09-25 2022-11-01 Apple Inc. Text detection using global geometry estimators
US11449188B1 (en) 2021-05-15 2022-09-20 Apple Inc. Shared-content session user interfaces
US11822761B2 (en) 2021-05-15 2023-11-21 Apple Inc. Shared-content session user interfaces
US11907605B2 (en) 2021-05-15 2024-02-20 Apple Inc. Shared-content session user interfaces
US11360634B1 (en) 2021-05-15 2022-06-14 Apple Inc. Shared-content session user interfaces
US11928303B2 (en) 2021-09-23 2024-03-12 Apple Inc. Shared-content session user interfaces

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2000062228A2 (en) 2000-10-19
JP2012054964A (en) 2012-03-15
AU4453600A (en) 2000-11-14
CA2369759A1 (en) 2000-10-19
CA2369759C (en) 2011-10-18
EP1171840A2 (en) 2002-01-16
WO2000062228A3 (en) 2001-01-25
JP2002541594A (en) 2002-12-03
US7835989B1 (en) 2010-11-16
HK1045381A1 (en) 2002-11-22
MXPA01010300A (en) 2002-09-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7861166B1 (en) Resizing document pages to fit available hardware screens
US20090241054A1 (en) Electronic book with information manipulation features
US20090300539A1 (en) Electronic book with information manipulation features
CA2458564C (en) Electronic book delivery system with error correction
US8095949B1 (en) Electronic book with restricted access features
US5986690A (en) Electronic book selection and delivery system
US7716349B1 (en) Electronic book library/bookstore system
US7336788B1 (en) Electronic book secure communication with home subsystem
US7299501B2 (en) Electronic book selection and delivery system having encryption and security features
US20150332664A1 (en) Electronic book with voice emulation features
CA2388648A1 (en) Virtual on-demand electronic book
CA2457505A1 (en) Internet-based language archiving system and education facility

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ADREA, LLC, CALIFORNIA

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:DISCOVERY PATENT HOLDINGS, LLC;REEL/FRAME:025757/0375

Effective date: 20100824

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION